PT Intan Pariwara Layanan Konsumen: ,

Transkripsi

1

2

3 Copyright 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati and PT Intan Pariwara. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written permission of the publisher. Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor 016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/428/2009. Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun, elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit. Kode file IP2_BING9B_PG09. Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti. Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana. Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan). PT Intan Pariwara Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia, Telp. (0272) , Fax (0272) , intan@intanpariwara.co.id Layanan Konsumen: , cs@intanpariwara.co.id

4 Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini. Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar. Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks, tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar. Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi peserta didik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluang untuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik. Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika peserta didik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya dengan menata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik. Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulis dalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapak demi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajar tadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidik untuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak ada yang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh. Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitas terbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan? Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatan pembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitas pembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, peserta didik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dan kemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, atau mengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagai fenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas. Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagai sarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangun pemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain. Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa. Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR juga memberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatu materi. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokus belajar peserta didik tetap terjaga. Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihan yang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yang lazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soal tersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti. Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawan perangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkan posisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna. Klaten, Oktober 2009 Penyusun PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 12 iii

5 Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs Komponen Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Tahun Ajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (jam pembelajaran) Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) Jumlah Jam Per Tahun 60 menit) A. Mata Pelajaran 1. Pendidikan Agama Pendidikan Kewarganegaraan Bahasa Indonesia Bahasa Inggris Matematika IPA IPS Seni Budaya dan Keterampilan Pendidikan Jasmani, Olahraga, dan Kesehatan Keterampilan/TIK B. Muatan Lokal Jumlah Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah: Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar. Keterangan: 1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan. 2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit. 3. Cara menghitung: a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Tahun b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit) c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit 4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah. 5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran. Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas IX Semester 2 Mata Pelajaran Alokasi Waktu Minggu Efektif Per Semester Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (jam pembelajaran) Waktu Pembelajaran Per Semester (menit) Jumlah Jam Per Semester (@ 60 menit) 4. Bahasa Inggris ,5 50,5 iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs

6 Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs) Kelas IX, Semester 2 Standar Kompetensi Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Membaca 11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Kompetensi Dasar 7.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan 7.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur memberi berita yang menarik perhatian, dan memberi komentar terhadap berita 8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan 9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan memberi komentar terhadap berita 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari berbentuk narrative dan report 11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 11.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 11.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 v

7 SILABUS 1 24 Unit 1 Narratives Unit 2 Reports UNIT 1 Narratives Telling about Interesting News or Information and Responding to It Genre: Narrative The Past Perfect Tense Noun Phrases Poems and Diaries Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester UNIT 2 Reports Expressing Politeness Genre: Report Coordinating Conjunctions Special Finites: May and Might ; Can and Could Contest Announcements and Letters Latihan Ujian Nasional Daftar Pustaka 170 vi Kegiatan Daftar Isi Tatap Muka

8 SILABUS Unit 1 Narratives Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs... Kelas/Semester : IX/2 Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Unit : 1 Genre : Narrative Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memberi berita yang menarik perhatian, dan memberi komentar terhadap berita. Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan komentar terhadap berita. 1. Mempelajari berbagai percakapan yang memuat ungkapan memberi berita yang menarik perhatian, dan memberi komentar terhadap berita. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi. 3. Menyimak, lalu menirukan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 4. Menyimak pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawabnya secara lisan. 5. Menyimak ungkapan yang dibacakan guru, lalu meresponsnya dengan ungkapan yang sesuai. Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan memberi komentar terhadap berita. Non tes Tes lisan Non tes Tes lisan Tes lisan Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Menirukan Jawaban singkat Jawaban singkat Read the following dialogs. Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/ her. Listen to your teacher. Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Listen to your teacher. Give suitable responses. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 1

9 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 6. Melengkapi percakapan berdasarkan percakapan yang dibacakan guru. Tes tulis Isian Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard. 7. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan percakapan yang disimak. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk puisi (poems). 1. Mempelajari teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk puisi. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi. 3. Mempelajari teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk buku harian. Memahami makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk puisi sederhana dan buku harian secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima. Non tes Tes lisan Non tes Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Uraian objektif Read the following poem. Answer the following questions. Read the following diary. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 2 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

10 Kompetensi Dasar 8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Monolog narrative. Kosakata yang terkait dengan topik yang dipilih. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 4. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang dibacakan guru, menulisnya, lalu membacanya dengan nyaring. 5. Menyimak puisi yang dibacakan guru, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan puisi tersebut. 6. Melengkapi puisi sederhana berdasarkan puisi yang telah diperdengarkan, lalu membacanya dengan nyaring. 7. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan benarsalah berdasarkan puisi yang telah diperdengarkan. 8. Menyimak dan mempelajari tentang monolog narrative. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi. Merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima dalam teks narrative. Teknik Tes lisan Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Non tes Tes lisan Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Dikte Jawaban singkat Isian Pernyataan benar/salah Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Contoh Instrumen Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences. Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer the following questions. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following poem based on what you have heard. Your teacher is going to read the poem in Task C once again. Listen to him/her carefully. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the poem? Read the following monolog. Answer the following questions. Alokasi Waktu 3 40' Sumber Belajar Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal. 7 8, PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 3

11 Kompetensi Dasar dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 10. Menyimak kalimat yang dibacakan guru, lalu menuliskannya di secarik kertas. 11. Menjodohkan kalimat yang telah ditulis pada kegiatan sebelumnya dengan gambar yang tepat. 12. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks narrative yang telah diperdengarkan. 13. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks cerita yang dibacakan guru. 14. Menyebutkan arti kata-kata yang tersedia berdasarkan cerita pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 15. Melengkapi teks berdasarkan teks yang dibacakan guru. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Dikte Menjodohkan Pilihan ganda Jawaban singkat Uraian Isian Contoh Instrumen Your teacher will read some sentences. Write them down on a sheet of paper. Match the sentences you have written in Task A with the following pictures correctly. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer the following questions based on what you have heard. Your teacher will read the story in Task D once again. Find the meanings of the following words based on the story. Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the following text with the correct words based on what you have heard. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 4 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

12 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 9.2 Memahami dan merespons percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan memberi komentar terhadap berita. Percakapanpercakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan memberi komentar terhadap berita. 1. Secara berpasangan, memeragakan percakapan yang tersedia. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan percakapanpercakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Melengkapi percakapan dengan kalimat yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 4. Menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru berdasarkan percakapan yang telah disediakan. 5. Menyusun kalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang baik. Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal yang memuat memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan memberi komentar terhadap berita. Mengembangkan wacana transaksional/ interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang. Tes unjuk kerja Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Unjuk kerja Jawaban singkat Isian Jawaban singkat Menyusun kalimat acak Practice the following dialogs with your friend. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the box. Read the following dialog. Listen to your teacher and answer his/her questions correctly. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog. 3 40' Buku PR SMP IX B Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 6. Memberi respons terhadap ungkapanungkapan yang dibacakan teman. Lakukan secara bergantian. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Work in pairs. Your partner will say the following expressions. Give suitable responses. Do it in turns. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 5

13 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7. Membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi, lalu memeragakannya. Tes unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Suppose one of your best friends will move out to another city. Tell the news to another friend. Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk puisi (poems). 1. Membaca nyaring puisi-puisi yang tersedia dengan pelafalan yang tepat secara bergantian. 2. Mencari arti kata. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya 4. Menjelaskan isi puisi yang tersedia. Melakukan monolog dalam bentuk puisi dan catatan harian dengan lancar dan berterima. Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes unjuk kerja Membaca nyaring Uraian Jawaban singkat Unjuk kerja Recite the following poems. Do it in turns. What do the following words mean? Read the poems in Task A once again and answer the following questions. In turns, recite the following poem in front of the class. Explain what it tells you about. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 6 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

14 Kompetensi Dasar 10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report. Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Monolog narrative. Kosakata yang terkait tema yang dipilih. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 5. Mengekspresikan perasaan dalam bentuk puisi. 6. Membaca teks yang tersedia dengan lafal yang lancar, benar, dan berterima. 7. Mencari sinonim katakata yang tersedia di dalam teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Melakukan monolog dalam teks berbentuk narrative dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara lancar dan berterima. 8. Menjawab pertanyaan benar-salah berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 9. Secara berkelompok memeragakan cerita yang tersedia dengan lafal dan intonasi yang tepat. 10. Mencari cerita yang menarik dari berbagai sumber, lalu menceritakan kembali dengan kata-kata sendiri. Teknik Tes unjuk kerja Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Unjuk kerja Membaca nyaring Uraian Pernyataan benar/salah Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Now, try to express your feeling through a poem. Read the following text with proper pronunciation. Find the synonyms of the following words in the text in Task A. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the story in Task A? Correct the false ones. Work in groups. Perform the story of The Legend of Pesut Mahakam with proper pronunciation. Get an interesting story from a newspaper, magazine, story book or the Internet. Retell the story using your own words. Alokasi Waktu 2 40' Sumber Belajar Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 7

15 Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakana teks fungsional dan esei pendek berbentuk narrative dan report dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima untuk berintaraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk diary. 1. Membaca nyaring sebuah catatan harian, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks tersebut. 2. Melengkapi teks dengan menggunakan kata-kata yang disediakan. 3. Mencari makna katakata yang tersedia. Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana pendek sederhana. Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks fungsional pendek berbentuk diary dengan benar. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Jawaban singkat Isian Uraian Read the following diary and answer the questions. Complete the following diary with the suitable words from the box. Read the diary. Find the meanings of the words that follow. 2 40' Buku PR SMP IX B Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima yang berkaitan dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. 4. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang telah dibaca. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Read the diaries and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 8 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

16 Kompetensi Dasar 11.3 Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Teks narrative. The past perfect tense. Noun phrases. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 5. Menyimak dan mempelajari tentang teks narrative beserta struktur teksnya. 6. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang the past perfect tense. 7. Membaca dan mempelajari tentang noun phrases. Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan (ideasional) dan informasi faktual dalam teks, main ideas, supporting ideas, details. Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks narrative dengan benar. 8. Membaca cerita yang tersedia, lalu mencari makna kata dari katakata yang tersedia berdasarkan cerita tersebut. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks sebelumnya. 10. Menceritakan kembali cerita The Legend of Tanjung Lesung menggunakan katakata sendiri. 11. Mencari sinonim dari kata-kata yang tersedia dalam bacaan yang ada pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 12. Mencari makna katakata yang tersedia. Teknik Non tes Non tes Non tes Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian objektif Uraian objektif Uraian objektif Uraian Jawaban singkat Uraian Uraian Uraian Contoh Instrumen Read the following text. Read the following sentences. Read the following sentences. Read the following story with proper pronunciation. Find the meanings of the words that follow. Answer the following questions based on the story in Task A. Retell the story of The Legend of Tanjung Lesung using your own words. Find the synonyms of the following words in the story in Task A. Read the following words and find their meanings. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal. 8 12, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 9

17 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 13. Mencari antonim dari kata-kata yang tersedia. 14. Membaca teks, lalu menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks tersebut. 15. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang dibaca. 16. Melengkapi cerita dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 17. Menggabungkan dua kalimat menjadi satu kalimat yang bermakna. 18. Melengkapi kalimat dengan bentuk kata kerja yang tepat. 19. Menggarisbawahi noun phrases (frasa benda) yang ada pada kalimat-kalimat yang tersedia. 20. Menyusun kembali kata-kata yang diacak. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian Jawaban singkat Pilihan ganda Isian Uraian Isian Identifikasi Menyusun kata acak Contoh Instrumen Read the words in Task E once again, and then find their antonyms. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. Read the text and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Complete the following text with the suitable words from the box. Combine these pairs of sentences using the past perfect tense. Complete the sentences with the proper words. Mind the tenses. Underline the noun phrases in the following sentences. Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences. Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

18 Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk diary. 1. Melanjutkan catatan harian dengan katakata sendiri. 2. Menulis catatan harian bebas, lalu membacakannya di depan kelas. Menulis berbagai teks untuk komunikasi seharihari seperti diary dengan benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian Uraian Finish the following diary using your own words. Write your own diary based on your one-week activity. 2 40' Buku PR SMP IX B Intan Pariwara hal. 29. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report. Teks narrative. The past perfect tense. Noun phrases. 3. Menuliskan bentuk past participle dari kata-kata kerja yang tersedia. 4. Membuat kalimat bebas menggunakan kata-kata dari kegiatan sebelumnya. 5. Mengoreksi kata-kata yang salah ejaan atau tulisan, lalu membaca nyaring teks tersebut. Menulis berbagai teks terutama yang berbentuk narrative dengan langkah retorika dan struktur teks yang benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Uraian Uraian Uraian Write the past participles of the following verbs. Make ten sentences using the words in Task A. Use the past perfect tense. Here is a story, but there are some words which are misspelled or miswritten. Find and correct them. 3 40' Buku PR SMP IX B Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 11

19 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 6. Menulis kembali cerita yang telah dibaca, lalu membacanya di depan kelas. 7. Menulis kalimat menggunakan the past perfect tense berdasarkan gambar dan kata kunci yang tersedia. 8. Membuat kalimat menggunakan the past perfect tense. 9. Secara bekelompok, membuat noun phrases (frase benda) berdasarkan kata-kata yang telah disediakan. 10. Membuat kalimat menggunakan noun phrases (frase benda) dari kegiatan sebelumnya. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Esai Uraian Uraian Uraian Uraian Contoh Instrumen Read a legend from a magazine, newspaper, story book or the Internet. Rewrite the story using your own words. Make sentences using the past perfect tense based on the pictures and the clues. Make five sentences using the past perfect tense. Let s compete. Work in groups of four. Expand each word below to make proper noun phrases. The winner is the group that can make the longest proper noun phrases. Make sentences using the phrases you have written in Task G. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 12 Silabus Unit 1 Narratives

20 SILABUS Unit 2 Reports Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs... Kelas/Semester : IX/2 Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris Unit : 2 Genre : Report Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan. Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapan untuk mengungkapkan kesantunan. 1. Memahami percakapan yang ada dan mempelajari ungkapan-ungkapan kesantunan. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi. 3. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 4. Melengkapi percakapan soal berdasar percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 5. Menjawab pertanyaan yang ada berdasarkan percakapan pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Membaca percakapan yang ada, lalu menjawab pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru. Bereaksi atau merespons dengan benar terhadap tindak tutur yang melibatkan tidak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan. Non tes Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes lisan Tes lisan Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Isian Jawaban singkat Jawaban singkat Read the following dialog. Answer the questions below. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A. Read the dialogs and answer your teacher s questions. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 13

21 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 7. Menyimak percakapan yang dibacakan guru. 8. Menentukan urutanurutan kalimat-kalimat soal sehingga membentuk percakapan yang urut sesuai dengan percakapan yang diperdengarkan. Tes tulis Menyusun kalimat acak Listen to your teacher. Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the dialog you have heard. 9. Menyimak percakapan yang diperdengarkan/ dibacakan guru. 10. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan tersebut. Tes tulis Pernyataan benar/salah Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog you have just heard? Correct the false ones. Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan 8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrarive dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 8.1 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk Teks lisan fungsional pendek: contest announcement. 1. Mempelajari teks lisan fungsional pendek contest announcement. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi. 3. Mempelajari teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk surat. Mampu merespons makna gagasan dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek berbentuk contest announcement lisan secara lancar, akurat, dan berterima. Non tes Tes lisan Non tes Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Uraian objektif Read the following text. Remember Unit 1. Answer the questions below. Read the following text. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 14 Silabus Unit 2 Reports

22 Kompetensi Dasar berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. 8.2 Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Monolog report. Kosakata yang terkait topik yang dipilih. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 4. Melengkapi pengumuman dengan kata-kata yang sesuai dengan pengumuman yang diperdengarkan. 5. Menentukan pernyataan soal benar atau salah berdasarkan pengumuman pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 6. Menyimak kalimatkalimat pengumuman yang dibacakan guru, lalu menuliskannya di secarik kertas. 7. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan pengumuman yang telah ditulis pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 8. Menyimak monolog report yang dibacakan guru serta memahami penjelasannya. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan apersepsi. 10. Menjodohkan kata-kata dengan artinya yang tersedia dengan benar. Merespons makna gagasan yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek berbentuk report sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Pernyataan benar/salah Dikte Jawaban singkat Uraian objektif Jawaban singkat Menjodohkan Contoh Instrumen Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete announcement in Task A? Correct the false ones. Listen to your teacher. Write down the announcement you have heard. Listen to your teacher. Answer the his/her questions based on the announcement you have written in Task C. Read the following monolog. Answer the questions below. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. You will find the words in the monolog in Task C. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal. 47, Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 15

23 Kompetensi Dasar dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 11. Melengkapi kalimatkalimat dengan katakata yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 12. Melengkapi teks yang tersedia dengan katakata sesuai dengan monolog yang diperdengarkan. 13. Menentukan pernyataan soal benar atau salah berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 14. Menyimak monolog yang diperdengarkan/ dibacakan guru. 15. Menentukan urutan kalimat-kalimat soal berdasarkan monolog yang diperdengarkan. 16. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks yang telah urut pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 17. Menyimak kalimatkalimat yang diperdengarkan/ dibacakan guru, lalu menuliskannya di secarik kertas. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Isian Pernyataan benar/salah Menyusun kalimat acak Jawaban singkat Dikte Contoh Instrumen Complete the following sentences with the words in Task A column A. Change the form of the words if necessary. Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task C? Correct the false ones. Listen to your teacher. Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the monolog you have heard. Answer the following questions based on the proper text in Task E. Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard on a sheet of paper. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 16 Silabus Unit 2 Reports

24 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 18. Menjawab pertanyaan berdasarkan teks yang ditulis pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes lisan Jawaban singkat Answer the following questions based on the sentences you have written in Task G. 19. Mengartikan kata-kata yang terdapat dalam monolog pada kegiatan selanjutnya. Tes tulis Uraian Find the meanings of the following words. You will hear them in the monolog in Task J. 20. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan isi monolog yang diperdengarkan/ dibacakan guru. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa Percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal yang memuat ungkapanungkapan untuk menyatakan kesopanan. 1. Membaca percakaan, lalu menjawab pertanyaan yang ada. 2. Menentukan pernyataan yang tersedia benar atau salah berdasarkan percakapan yang ada. Melakukan berbagai tindak tutur dalam wacana lisan transaksional/ interpersonal seperti mengungkapkan kesopanan. Tes lisan Tes unjuk kerja Jawaban singkat Pernyataan benar/salah Read the dialog and answer the questions. Read the dialogs. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs? Correct the false ones. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 17

25 Kompetensi Dasar lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 3. Melengkapi percakapan soal dengan ungkapanungkapan yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 4. Memilih jawaban yang benar berdasarkan percakapan yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Mengembangkan wanaca transaksional dan interpersonal pendek menjadi sebuah obrolan atau interaksional yang lebih panjang. 5. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi percakapan yang runtut. 6. Melengkapi percakapanpercakapan singkat dengan ungkapanungkapan yang sesuai. 7. Menyusun percakapan berdasarkan panduan yang tersedia. 8. Meminta bantuan teman untuk memperagakan percakapan tersebut di depan kelas. 9. Secara individu membuat percakapan berdasarkan situasi soal. 10. Memperagakan percakapan yang sudah dibuat di depan kelas dengan bantuan teman. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Isian Pilihan ganda Menyusun kalimat acak Isian Uraian Unjuk kerja Uraian Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the dialog in Task C. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a proper dialog. Complete the following dialogs with proper expressions. Use expressions to show politeness. Create a dialog expressing politeness based on the following guideline. Create dialogs based on the following situations. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 18 Silabus Unit 2 Reports

26 Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara 10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Teks lisan fungsional pendek: contest announcement. 1. Melengkapi pengumuman lisan dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan yang ada berdasarkan pengumuman yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 3. Menyampaikan pengumuman pada kegiatan sebelumnya dengan kata-kata sendiri. 4. Menyampaikan pengumuman yang belum lama didengar menggunakan kata-kata sendiri secara lisan. Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam teks fungsional pendek lisan berbentuk contest announcement lisan dengan benar dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Isian Jawaban singkat Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Complete the following text with the correct words from the box. Answer the following questions based on the complete announcement in Task A. Retell the announcement in Task A using your own words. What announcement have you heard recently? Retell it using your own words. 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk Monolog report. Kata, frasa, atau kalimat sederhana yang terkait topik. 5. Membaca dan memahami teks report yang ada di buku, lalu mencari arti kata-kata yang tersedia. 6. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang ada di buku berdasarkan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Mengungkapkan makna/gagasan dalam monolog report dengan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima. Tes lisan Tes tulis Uraian Jawaban singkat Read the text. Find the meanings of the words that follow. Answer the folowing questions based on the text in Task A. 3 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 19

27 Kompetensi Dasar berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari berbentuk narrative dan report. Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 7. Menentukan gagasan utama tiap paragraf dalam teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. 8. Menyampaikan teks tersebut menggunakan daftar gagasan utama yang telah ditulis. 9. Menyampaikan monolog report tentang gedung pencakar langit menggunakan informasi yang tersedia. Siswa juga dapat mencari data lain yang mendukung. 10. Memilih jawaban yang benar sesuai dengan informasi yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 11. Melakukan monolog report tentang suatu tempat umum di depan kelas. Siswa dapat menggunakan foto untuk mendukung presentasinya. Teknik Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Tes unjuk kerja Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian Unjuk kerja Unjuk kerja Pilihan ganda Unjuk kerja Contoh Instrumen Find the main idea of each paragraph in the text in Task A. Then, retell the text based on the list of the main ideas. Deliver a monolog about a skyscraper. Use the following sentences or find other related sources. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the information in Task D. Find a report about a public place. Talk about the public place using your own words. Bring a picture to support your talk. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 20 Silabus Unit 2 Reports

28 Standar Kompetensi : Membaca 11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Merespons makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Teks tulis fungsional pendek: surat. 1. Membaca nyaring surat yang ada di buku dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar. 2. Mencari lawan kata dari kata yang tersedia. 3. Menjawab pertanyaan yang tersedia berdasarkan surat yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 4. Melengkapi surat dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana teks tulis fungsional berbentuk: surat. Mengidentifikasi makna/gagasan dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk: surat dengan tepat. Tes unjuk kerja Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Membaca nyaring Uraian Jawaban singkat Isian Read the following text. Find the opposite meanings of the underlined words. Answer the following questions based on the letter in Task A. Complete the following letter with the correct words from the box. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal. 64. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan Merespons makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk Teks report. Kata, frasa, atau kalimat sederhana yang terkait topik. 5. Membaca dan memahami isi dan struktur teks yang berbentuk review, lalu memahami penjelasannya. Membaca nyaring secara bermakna wacana berbentuk: report. Non tes Uraian objektif Read the following text. 4 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal , PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 21

29 Kompetensi Dasar berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report. Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Coordinating conjunctions (and, but, or, so, for, yet, nor). Special finites: may and might, can and could. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 6. Mempelajari penjelasan dan contoh kalimat yang menggunakan coordinating conjunction. 7. Mempelajari penjelasan dan penggunaan finite may dan might, serta can dan could. 8. Membaca nyaring teks report dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar. 9. Menjelaskan gagasan utama tiap paragraf dalam teks tersebut. Mengidentifikasi makna gagasan dalam wacana berbentuk report, meliputi main ideas, supporting details, serta makna kata, frasa dan kalimat. Merespons makna yang terdapat dalam teks report dengan benar dan berterima. 10. Menyebutkan lawan kata dari kata-kata yang tersedia dan menjelaskan artinya. 11. Menjawab pertanyaanpertanyaan yang ada berdasarkan teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. 12. Membaca nyaring teks report dengan lafal dan intonasi yang benar. 13. Menentukan pernyataan soal benar atau salah berdasarkan isi teks tersebut. Teknik Non tes Non tes Tes lisan Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes lisan Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian objektif Uraian objektif Membaca nyaring Uraian Uraian Jawaban singkat Membaca nyaring Pernyataan benar/salah Contoh Instrumen Read the following dialog. Read the following sentences. Read the text. Find the main idea of each paragraph. Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the text in Task A. Explain their meanings. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. Read the following text. Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the text? Correct the false ones. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 22 Silabus Unit 2 Reports

30 Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok dan Uraian Materi Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 14. Melengkapi pernyataan soal dengan kata-kata yang sesuai dengan teks pada kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tulis Uraian Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the text in Task D. 15. Melengkapi teks dengan kata-kata yang tersedia di dalam kotak. Tes tulis Isian Complete the text with the suitable words from the box. 16. Memilih jawaban yang tepat berdasarkan teks yang ada di kegiatan sebelumnya. Tes tulis Pilihan ganda Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task F. Standar Kompetensi : Menulis 12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari. Kompetensi Dasar Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Teknik Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Contoh Instrumen Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk Teks tulis fungsional pendek: surat. 1. Menyusun kalimatkalimat acak menjadi surat yang runtut. 2. Menulis surat berdasarkan situasi yang ada. Menulis berbagai teks tulis fungsional pendek berbentuk surat dengan akurat, lancar, dan berterima. Tes tulis Tes tulis Menyusun kalimat acak Uraian Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a good letter. Suppose your school will take part in a carnival. Write a letter to one of extracurricular clubs in your school to help the preparation. 1 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal. 65. Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 23

31 Kompetensi Dasar berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report. Materi Pokok/ Pembelajaran Teks report. Coordinating conjunctions (and, but, or, so, for, yet, nor). Special finites: may and might, can and could. Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator 3. Menggabungkan dua kalimat menjadi satu menggunakan coordinating conjunction yang sesuai. 4. Membuat lima kalimat menggunakan inite may dan might, serta lima kalimat menggunakan can dan could. Menulis teks-teks berbentuk report dengan langkahlangkah retorika yang benar serta tata bahasa yang benar dan berterima. 5. Membaca teks yang tersedia, lalu mengidentifikasi struktur teks tersebut. 6. Secara mandiri, menulis teks berbentuk report tentang sebuah tempat, yaitu gudang penyimpanan. Teknik Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Tes tulis Penilaian Bentuk Instrumen Uraian Uraian Uraian Esai Contoh Instrumen Join the following pairs of sentences using proper coordinating conjunctions. Make five sentences using may/might, and five sentences using can/could. Read the following text. Identify the structure of the text. Create a report about the following picture. It is a warehouse. Use facts and avoid opinions. Alokasi Waktu Sumber Belajar 2 40' Buku PR Bahasa Inggris SMP/ MTs IXB Intan Pariwara hal Kamus Inggris Indonesia dan Indonesia Inggris. Buku-buku lain yang relevan. 24 Silabus Unit 2 Reports

32 Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: tell interesting news or information and respond to it, tell some stories (narratives) using spoken English, present poems using spoken English, create stories (written narratives), write diaries, use the past perfect tense and noun phrases properly. All of you may have seen Harry Potter, Transformer 2, the X-Men and other famous films, right? The stories of Harry Potter, Transformer 2 and the X-Men are amazing, aren t they? Do you think the stories are real? No, they are not. Those are imaginative. Imaginative stories are called narratives. In this unit, you will listen to, talk about, read and try to write some stories. Enjoy them. Finally, you will be able to create your own imaginative stories. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 25

33 1.1 Expressions Telling about Interesting News or Information and Responding to It Read the following dialogs. 1 Alfonso : Bernard : Alfonso : Bernard : Alfonso : Bernard : Alfonso : Did you hear that Jonathan was called to the principal s office again? No way! It s true. He skipped school yesterday. Why doesn t he learn from his past mistakes? His parents must be so sad. Yes. He has been told off before, but he doesn t seem to have changed. Unfortunately, we can do nothing, right? Right. Annita : Joyce : Annita : Joyce : Annita : Joyce : Annita : Joyce, I tried to find your name on the facebook, but I couldn t find it. Sorry, An. I don t have a facebook account. What? I don t believe it. Almost everyone has it, you know. I don t think it gives me much benefits. Let me tell you this. I have a facebook account. It enables me to make friends with people from abroad. So, I can improve my English. Is that so? Yup! 2 In dialog 1, Alfonso said, It s true. He skipped school yesterday. to give information. Meanwhile, in dialog 2, Annita said, Let me tell you this. I have a facebook account. It enables me to make friends with people from abroad. So, I can improve my English. to tell about interesting news. 26 UNIT 1 Narratives

34 Here are some expressions to tell about interesting news or information. Telling about Interesting News or Information Guess what! Let me tell you this. I ll tell you what! I ve got good news. Have you heard the news? Look at this! You won t believe it. I ve got hot news. Want to hear it? Here are some possible expressions to respond to interesting news or information. Responding Ghat is smart. You are terrific! Is that true? I can t believe it. I m glad to hear that. I m happy with the news. I can feel that you re happy. Really? Wow! Amazing! Wonderful! That s great! Answer the following questions. 1. When your mother tells you that your father gets a promotion in his office, is it surprising you? What will you say then? Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is. I will say, Really? That s great! 2. You ve just heard that your class favorite teacher will teach in another school. Then, you inform your classmate about it. What will you say? How will your classmate respond to it? Contoh jawaban: I will say, Listen! Mr. Linggar will move out and teach in another school! My classmate will say, Are you sure? A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her. 1. Reza : You won t believe what I ve just heard. Allan : What is it? Reza : I heard Jarret finally got his motorcycle back. Allan : Is it confirmed? He had lost it for almost six months. Reza : Yeah! Allan : If that s true, I m happy for him then. Reza : Me too. 2. Mrs. Rudi : How was your day today? Soni : It was great, Mom. And I ve got good news. Mrs. Rudi : What s that? Soni : When I had an English class this morning, the principal entered my classroom. She was with a good-looking girl. And you know, Mom, she s from Australia! She will study in my class for two months. Mrs. Rudi : What s the point? PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 27

35 Soni : The point is that the principal asked me to take her to look around the city. Mrs. Rudi : That s great! Soni : One more thing. I ll go with her to the town square this afternoon. Mrs. Rudi : Good luck! Soni : Thanks, Mom. B. Listen to your teacher. Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task A. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: Dialog 1 1. What is the dialog about? 2. How long have Jarret lost it? 3. How was Allan and Reza s feeling to hear the news? Dialog 2 1. What are Soni and his mother talking about? 2. How did Soni feel about the school day? 3. What did the principal ask Soni to do? 4. Where will he go this afternoon? 5. Who will go with him? Jawaban: Dialog 1 1. About the news that Jarret got his motorcycle back. 2. For about six months. 3. They were happy for Jarret. Dialog 2 1. About Soni s day at school. 2. He felt very happy. 3. To take the girl to look around the city. 4. He ll go to the town square. 5. His new friend from Australia Variasi: Listen to your teacher and answer the questions. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Jollie and Mawar are having a chit-chat during the break. Mawar: Jo, did you remember the girl we saw yesterday afternoon? Jollie : You mean the girl with big sunglasses? Mawar: That s right. Do you know who she is? Jollie : No, I don t. Mawar: She is a singer, and she will perform on her show tonight. What if we see her performance? Jollie : I d love to, but I can t. I have lots of work to do. 1. Where does the dialog occur? Jawaban: At school. 2. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: Two students: Jollie and Mawar. 3. Whom did the speakers meet yesterday actually? Jawaban: A singer. 4. Will they see the girl s performance together? Jawaban: No, they won t. 5. Does Jollie want to go to see a music performance? Why? Jawaban: No, she doesn t. Because she has lots of work to do. 28 UNIT 1 Narratives

36 C. Listen to your teacher. Give suitable responses. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru: 1. Do you know that Mr. Setyawan is in hospital? 2. I ll tell you what! Our school representatives won the National Science Olympiad! 3. I ve got good news. We ll have a holiday trip to Bali! 4. Listen! You all passed the final exam. 5. Have you heard the news? The Minister of National Education is going to visit our school tomorrow. He will give scholarships to the best students of this school. Contoh jawaban: 1. No. What happens to him? 2. Oh, that s great! 3. Really? Amazing! 4. Is that true? Hurray! 5. I can t believe it. D. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Luki : Tari, you must read this. Tari : What s that, Luki? Luki : It s the story of Si Pungguk from West Sumatra. (1) Guess what! This is the second time I m reading it! Tari : Well, (2) what s so special? Luki : You know a bird called pungguk, don t you? This story tells about it. Tari : It sounds interesting. Will you tell me a little bit of the story? Luki : Sure. Long, long ago there lived Pungguk, a poor good-looking young man. He fell in love with Princess Purnama Bulan. However, Purnama Bulan already had a fiancé. One day, Purnama Bulan gave Pungguk a veil. When Pungguk walked, Purnama Bulan s fiancé noticed the veil, and thought that Pungguk had stolen it. With his sword, he killed Pungguk. (3) Believe it or not! From Pungguk s dead body grew some mushrooms which changed into living creatures, birds. Those birds were called Pungguk. You know, they used to sit on the highest branch of a tree looking at a full moon. (4) Surprisingly, they called Pungguk! Pungguk!. Luki : (5) What an interesting story! Unfortunately, it has a sad ending. Tari : It does. Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Variasi: A. Answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard in Task D. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the story about? 2. Where does the story come from? 3. How many characters are there in the story? Mention them. 4. Why did Princess Purnama Bulan s fiancé kill Pungguk? 5. What is Luki s opinion about the story? Jawaban: 1. About a poor good-looking young man named Pungguk who fell in love with a princess. 2. From West Sumatra. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 29

37 3. Three characters: Si Pungguk, Princess Purnama Bulan and her fiancé. 4. Because he thought Pungguk had stolen the veil. 5. He thinks that it is interesting, but it has a sad ending. B. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard. Catatan: Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memanfaatkan percakapan berikut untuk melakukan kegiatan seperti kegiatan terdahulu. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Elizabeth : Ah, Adi. Just the person I wanted to meet. Adi : Hi. What is it? Elizabeth : I have got interesting news for you. Adi : What s that? Elizabeth : It s about your article on Indonesian culture. It won the national competition! Adi : Really? It s what I want to hear. Where did you get the information? Elizabeth : I read its announcement in our local newspaper five minutes ago. You can find the newspaper in the school library. Adi : O.K., I ll go there now. Thanks for the information. Elizabeth : No problem. Congratulations, Adi! Adi : Thank you. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX 1. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: At school. 2. What are the speakers talking about? Jawaban: About the news that Adi s article on Indonesian culture has won the national competition. 3. How did Eliza know the news? Jawaban: She read its announcement in the local newspaper. 4. Where can Adi get the newspaper? Jawaban: In the school library. 5. Eliza said, I have got interesting news for you. What does it mean? Jawaban: She is giving interesting news. E. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. Dina : It s interesting. Mr. Sartono said that we would have a free vacation to Yogyakarta and Magelang this holiday. Adi : That ll be great! We can visit Prambanan and Borobudur Temples. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. Visiting some interesting places. B. Having a free vacation. C. Getting some interesting news for students. D. Arranging the speaker s vacation. Jawaban: B Topik yang dibicarakan kedua tokoh adalah tentang berita bahwa mereka akan mendapat kesempatan liburan gratis (having a free vacation) ke Yogyakarta dan Magelang. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat Dina, Mr. Sartono said that we would have a free vacation to Yogyakarta and Magelang.. 2. Where will the speakers go this holiday? A. Yogyakarta. B. Madiun. C. Yogyakarta and Madiun. D. Yogyakarta and Magelang. 30 UNIT 1 Narratives

38 Jawaban: D Jawaban ini benar karena sesuai ucapan Dina, yaitu Mr Sartono said that we would have a free vacation to Yogyakarta and Magelang this holiday. yang artinya Pak Sartono mengatakan bahwa kita akan mengadakan liburan gratis ke Yogyakarta dan Magelang.. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 3 and 4. Mr. Jarwo: Finally, this project succeeds. Mr. Brata : I m glad to hear that. Thank you for the info. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX 3. What are Mr. Jarwo and Mr. Brata talking about? A. A successful project. B. A new project. C. A project failure. D. A big project. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Pak Jarwo, yaitu Finally, this project succeeds.. 4. Mr. Brata said, I m glad to hear that. The underlined word means. A. happy B. proper C. satisfied D. glorious Jawaban: A Kata glad dan happy artinya sama, yaitu senang atau bahagia. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya sesuai, cocok, (C) artinya puas, dan (D) artinya meriah, mulia atau agung. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru. This dialog is for questions 5 and 6. Putri : Guess what! My brother has already had a book about Indonesian folklores. That is the book we re looking for. Fredy: That s great! At last, we can finish our paper about Indonesian folklores. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX 5. Putri and Fredy have an assignment about. A. a folklore B. an Indonesia s history C. Indonesian folklores D. an Indonesian language Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Fredy That s great! At last, we can finish our paper about Indonesian folklores. yang artinya Bagus! Akhirnya, kita dapat menyelesaikan tugas kita tentang cerita rakyat Indonesia.. 6. At last, we can finish our paper about Indonesian folklores. The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. stop B. halt C. terminate D. begin Jawaban: D Kata finish artinya menyelesaikan. Lawan katanya adalah begin yang artinya memulai. Pilihan jawaban (A), (B) dan (C) artinya berhenti. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 7 and 8. Ida : Finally, I m going to Bali for a vacation next month! Asep : I think you deserve it after your hard work. Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX 7. Ida will go to Bali for next month. A. working B. studying C. a vacation D. a business trip Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Ida, yaitu Finally, I m going to Bali for a vacation next month! yang artinya Akhirnya, aku akan pergi bertamasya ke Bali bulan depan! 8. Asep said, I think you deserve it after your hard work. The word deserve in Indonesian is. A. pantas menerima B. mengalah C. mempertimbangkan D. merencanakan Jawaban: A Kata deserve artinya pantas menerima. Bahasa Inggris untuk pilihan jawaban (B) adalah defeat, (C) adalah consider, dan (D) adalah plan/arrange. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 31

39 Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: This dialog is for questions 9 and 10. Boy : Mom, I ve got A for English! Woman : Congratulations, honey! I m really proud of you. 9. The woman congratulates the boy because. A. he has won a writing competition B. he has got a good mark for English C. he can speak English fluently D. he has delivered a speech successfully Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan anak laki-laki itu, yaitu Mom, I ve got A for English. yang artinya Bu, aku mendapat nilai A untuk pelajaran Bahasa Inggris Who are involved in the dialog? A. Two friends. B. A student and a teacher. C. A mother and a son. D. A sister and a brother. Jawaban: C Jawaban ini sesuai dengan sebutan Mom pada kalimat Mom, I ve got A for English.. Itu berarti hubungan keduanya adalah anak laki-laki (son) dan ibunya (his mother). A. Practice the following dialogs with your friend. 1. Ita : You ve to know this. Lucy : What? Ita : Mr. Einstein will teach us again! Lucy : Do you mean Mr. Thompson who is as genius as Einstein? Ita : Yeah. Lucy : That s big news! I m sure we will have a greater chance to win the National Physics Olympiad next year. Ita : I hope so. Lucy : Let s tell our friends about this. Ita : Let s. 2. Senopati : My Lord, I have to inform you about this news. King : What is it, Senopati? Senopati : One of my soldiers told me that he found much treasure. King : Much treasure? Where? Call your soldier to come before me. Senopati : On your service, My Lord. 3. Son : Dad, please forgive me. I don t bring your lunch. Father : What? Didn t your mom cook food for me? Son : She did. But I was very hungry on my way here, so I.... Father : So you ate it, right? Son : Yes, Dad. Father : Listen! I work hard for you, but you don t respect your father. Son : I do apologize, Dad. Please forgive me. B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A. 1. For dialog 1. What are Ita and Lucy talking about? Jawaban: They are talking about their genius teacher, Mr. Thompson, who will teach them again. 2. Why are they very happy? Jawaban: Because they are sure that they will have a greater chance to win the National Physics Olympiad next year. 32 UNIT 1 Narratives

40 3. What will they do after the conversation? Jawaban: They will tell their friends about the news. 4. For dialog 2. Who are talking in the dialog? Jawaban: A king and his senopati. 5. What does the senopati tell his king about? Jawaban: He tells the king that his soldier has found much treasure. 6. What does the king want his senopati to do? Jawaban: He orders his senopati to bring the soldier before him. 7. For dialog 3. How was the father when his son ate his lunch? Jawaban: He was angry. 8. So you ate it, right? What does the word it refer to? Jawaban: The word it refers to the father s lunch. Variasi: Do it in turns. Ask and answer questions about the dialogs in Task A. Contoh tanya jawab: Dialog 1 Student A : What interesting news does Ita tell Lucy about? Student B : The news that Mr. Thompson who is as genius as Einstein will teach their class again. Student A : How did Lucy respond to the news? Student B : She was surprised and said, That s big news! Student A : Now your turn, please. Student B : O.K. First question, do you think Ita and her friends will be able to win the Physics Olympiad next year? Student A : Yes, they will. Student B : Why do you say so? Student A : Because Mr. Thompson is as genius as Einstein. I m sure he will teach them very well. C. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the box. Don t get me wrong Are you serious Excellent Oh, no Is that true I want to know What about them Have you heard the news It can t be You won t believe this Guess who 1. Silvy : Janet is going to sing tonight. Norry : (a)! Silvy : It seems you are not happy with that. Norry : It s not that. (b). Silvy : What s the problem then? Norry : She can only sing one song. Silvy : (c)? Norry : I am. You should stop her. 2. Fairy 1 : (d)? Fairy 2 : About what? Fairy 1 : About those seven dwarfs. Fairy 2 : (e)? Fairy 1 : I heard there is a very beautiful girl staying with them. She does the house work. Fairy 2 : (f)? PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 33

41 Fairy 1 : Yup! The Pink Fairy has the proof. Fairy 2 : How lucky those dwarfs are! Let s go to their house and see that girl ourselves. Fairy 1 : That s what I m thinking. 3. Bobby : Did you see the Moto GP race last night? Allan : Unfortunately not. I fell asleep. Who won the race anyway? Bobby : (g)? Allan : My favorite rider, Rossi, right? Bobby : Nope! He lost. Lorenzo beat him this time. Allan : You must be kidding! Bobby : No. (h). Rossi couldn t catch him and Lorenzo became the champion. Allan : Oh, no! Jawaban: 1. a. Oh, no b. Don t get me wrong c. Are you serious 2. d. Have you heard the news e. What about them f. Is that true 3. g. Guess who h. You won t believe this Variasi: Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs above? Correct the false ones. 1. For dialog 1. Norry is happy when she knows Janet is going to sing tonight. 2. Silvy looks worried when she knows Janet is going to sing tonight. 3. Janet only knows one song. 4. For dialog 2. Fairy 1 and 2 know the seven dwarfs. 5. Fairy 1 and 2 are going to the seven dwarfs house to help them do the house work. 6. There is a beautiful girl living with those dwarfs. 7. For dialog 3. Allan s favorite rider won the Moto GP championship. 8. Bobby said, You won t believe this. in order to tell Allan an interesting news. Jawaban: 1. F (Norry is worried because she knows that Janet can only sing one song.) 2. F (Silvy is happy because she doesn t know that Janet can only sing one song.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (Fairy 1 and 2 are going to the seven dwarfs house to see who the beautiful girl was.) 6. T 7. F (His favorite rider, Rossi, lost. Bobby told him about this by saying, Nope! He lost. ) 8. T D. Read the following dialog. Listen to your teacher and answer his/her questions correctly. Anneke : Hi, Jane. I ve been looking for you. Jane : Hi, Anne. What s up? Anneke : I have good news for you. Our team won the school wall magazine competition! Jane : Really? How do you know? Anneke : I read the announcement in the daily newspaper. Jane : I want to read it. Do you bring the newspaper? Anneke : Luckily yes. Here you are. Jane : Thank you. 34 UNIT 1 Narratives

42 Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What did Anneke say to tell about interesting news? 2. What did Anneke tell Jane about? 3. What did Jane say to respond to the news? 4. Jane said, I want to read it. What does the word it here refer to? 5. Where could Jane find the information about the news? Jawaban: 1. She said, I have good news for you. 2. About their achievement in the school wall magazine competition. 3. She said, Really? How do you know? 4. The word it refers to the announcement. 5. In the daily newspaper. E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog. Ryan Let me tell you what. The movie played was District 9. It is fantastic! Did you? I can t believe it. I thought it is a new released movie on TV. Yeah! How do you know? Did you watch the box office movie on TV last night? Kent I watched the movie three days ago, broadcast by another TV station. You mean District 9 which tells about a man who tries to save some aliens and himself? No. What s up? No, it is not. Jawaban: Ryan : Did you watch the box office movie on TV last night? Kent : No. What s up? Ryan : Let me tell you what. The movie played was District 9. It is fantastic! Kent : You mean District 9 which tells about a man who tries to save some aliens and himself? Ryan : Yeah! How do you know? Kent : I watched the movie three days ago, broadcast by another TV station. Ryan : Did you? I can t believe it. I thought it is a new released movie. Kent : No, it is not. Variasi: Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog. Lucy Great! Let s go to Cakrawala Supermarket then. There s a big sale! Sorry to hear that. Why? You usually have enthusiasm when there s a big sale. Hi, Avril. Are you free after school? Oh, come on! Avril Seriously, I am flat broke. Hi, Lucy. Yeah, I think so. For a good reason, I am broke. Sorry, I can t go with you this time. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 35

43 Jawaban: Lucy : Hi, Avril. Are you free after school? Avril : Hi, Lucy. Yeah, I think so. Lucy : Great! Let s go to Cakrawala Supermarket then. There s a big sale! Avril : Sorry, I can t go with you this time. Lucy : Why? You usually have enthusiasm when there s a big sale. Avril : For a good reason, I am broke. Lucy : Oh, come on! Avril : Seriously, I am flat broke. Lucy : Sorry to hear that. F. Work in pairs. Your partner will say the following expressions. Give suitable responses. Do it in turns. 1. A : I m very happy today. Finally, the principal agreed with my proposal. B : 2. A : I heard Chyntya got a scholarship to study in Singapore. B : 3. A : What if we go to see the Bunaken Sail event together? B : 4. A : The Indonesian candidate lost in the Miss Universe contest. B : 5. A : Marlyn told me that you failed on your physics test again. B : Contoh jawaban: 1. B: I m glad to hear that. 2. B: Did she? That s wonderful! 3. B: That would be great! 4. B: I don t doubt it. 5. B: How come? I ve studied hard for the test. G. Suppose one of your best friends will move out to another city. Tell the news to another friend. Contoh jawaban: Reza : Hi, Mitha, have you heard the news? Mitha : What is that? Reza : You d better believe this. Irna is moving to Semarang with her family. Mitha : Are you joking? Reza : I m serious. Her father has just got a promotion. He has to manage the branch office there. 36 UNIT 1 Narratives

44 1.2 Genre Spoken Text Read the following monolog. O.K., students. Now I will tell you the legend of Lake Toba. Listen to me carefully. A long time ago, there was a poor farmer. He lived in a small bamboo hut near his rice field. He lived with other farmers in the village. One day, he wanted to catch some fish for his dinner. Just as he caught a big and fresh fish, he heard a voice. Please don t kill me. If you let me live and put me into your rice field, you will have your dinner on your dining table. No problem, said the farmer. When the farmer went home, he was surprised. His dinner was already set on the table. Another day, he went to the rice field and looked for the fish. He heard the same voice, I m here, near you. Suddenly, there was a beautiful girl beside him. Of course, he was very surprised. Are you the fish that I caught yesterday? Yes, I am. Thanks for your help. Now, would you marry me? replied the girl. Of course. I would be honored, said the farmer happily. But on one condition. Never tell our children that I was once a fish, added the girl. I give you my words, promised the farmer. Well,... after one year, they had a son. They called him Sam. A few years later, the mother asked Sam to bring lunch to his father at the rice field. Feeling hungry, the boy ate his father s lunch on the way. Knowing this, the farmer was angry. You are a naughty boy! You won t be a good boy because you are actually a son of a fish! The boy cried and went home. He told his mother what his father had said about him. Immediately, the mother went to the rice field, and said angrily to her husband, You have broken your promise. Now you must be punished. Then, she left her husband. Suddenly,... a big tide came and engulfed the village. The flood made a deep vast lake. People call it Lake Toba. Source: October 22, 2004 < The text above is a narrative in spoken form. Can you mention the characteristics of a spoken text? What are they? Written Text Read the following text. Lake Toba Orientation Once upon a time, there was a fisherman living in North Sumatra. One day, while he was fishing in a river, a big fish was nailed. This fish had gold color all over its body. It was beautiful. The fisherman was very excited. He imagined a delicious dinner he would have. Soon he put the fish in his basket and went home happily. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 37

45 Complication When the fisherman got home, he put the fish in a sink. He took a knife to kill the fish. However, when he almost killed it, he saw the fish s eyes and felt pity. So he took the knife away and put the fish in a washbasin. Then, he added some water in it. Don t worry, I wouldn t kill you, the fisherman said to the fish. The fisherman went fishing again, but this time he couldn t get any fish. He went home with nothing in his hand. He was starving and walked home slouching. He was surprised when he saw smoke came out from his kitchen. Who is cooking in my kitchen? he confused. He peeped in and was surprised knowing that there was a beautiful girl cooking in the kitchen. Who is the girl in my kitchen? he murmured. The fisherman entered the room. Who are you? he asked the girl. I m the fish, the girl said. The fisherman looked into the washbasin and saw nothing in it. The fish? he asked incredulous. Yes. You didn t kill me and I m very thankful. I will return your kindness, the girl said. That s all right. I didn t ask any return, said the fisherman. But I have to, the girl insisted. Well, I live alone. I don t have a family. If you want to be my wife, I will be very happy, the fisherman asked the girl. The girl smiled and said, I d love to, but you have to promise me that if we have a kid, you won t tell him about me. And so, the fisherman and the fish girl were married. And then they had a child called Samo. Samo was very naughty. He always played and never helped his parents. One day, Samo s mother asked him to deliver lunch to his father. On his way, he met his friends and forgot to deliver his father s lunch. Samo played with his friends. When he was tired and hungry, he took a rest under a tree and ate his father s lunch. Meanwhile, his father waited for him starving and tired. His father went home and saw Samo played. Where is my lunch? he asked. Umm... mm... I ate it, Samo said. He looked afraid. Why did you eat it? his father asked. Umm... mm... I was hungry after playing with my friends, Samo said. You were asked to deliver my lunch, but you didn t do it, said his father furiously. I can t handle you anymore. You are very naughty. Go away and don t come back home! His father yelled and evicted Samo from his house. His father said the words that he wouldn t suppose to say. You... fish s son. 38 UNIT 1 Narratives

46 Resolution Reorientation Suddenly, the sky got dark, and the storm was rumbling. The rain felt from the sky like a huge hose sprayed water all over the place. Water also came out from the earth and got harder. Samo s mother was very sad. I told you not to tell him about me, she said to her husband. Now I m going back to be a fish again. Goodbye. She magically turned into a gold fish and jumped into the water, disappeared. Very soon the village was drowned and it formed a lake. Meanwhile, Samo ran to the hill and stayed there. The hill was surrounded by the water. Now the lake was known as Lake Toba. The word Toba comes from tuba which means no mercy. The hill in the middle of the lake is called Samosir Island. Samosir means Samo diusir or in English Samo who had been evicted. Adapted from: September 5, 2009 < The text above is a narrative in written form. It functions to entertain or amuse the readers. It consists of orientation, complication, resolution and reorientation (optional). Orientation. It introduces the main characters of the story, the place and time where the story happens. Complication. It shows the problems that happen in the story. Resolution. This is the end of the story where the problems are solved. Reorientation. It shows the comment of the writer or it presents the moral value of the story. Grammar Section The Past Perfect Tense Read the following sentences. I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I visited Glagah Beach. Mr. and Mrs. Pitt had never ridden a pony cart like this before yesterday. Those two sentences are in the past perfect tense. The pattern is had + past participle. Those sentences express ideas that something occurred before another action in the past. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 39

47 Here are some other examples. Tino got flu because he had eaten too much ice cream in the party. Johny didn t know where Vredeburg fortress is because he had never been in Yogyakarta. The past perfect tense also shows that something started in the past and continued up until another action in the past. Example: Uncle Ganang and his family had lived in that house for ten years before he renovated it. Noun Phrases Read the following sentences. The bird The white bird The white tame bird The white tame and exotic bird is a dove. Suppose you write a sentence, The bird is a dove. to describe a bird. Grammatically, it is correct, but your description of the bird is too general. You need to add some words so that the description will be more specific. In this case, you can add it with some adjectives to modify the bird, such as white, tame and exotic. Therefore, the sentence will become That white tame and exotic bird is a dove. Those terms white, tame and exotic are presented before a noun, the bird. Those are called pre-modifiers. They modify a noun to limit, restrict, or characterize that noun. You need to do so because you want other people to have the same idea about the noun. Those pre-modifiers and the noun altogether is called a noun phrase. 40 UNIT 1 Narratives

48 Here are some other examples. I really love eating sweet strawberry with little jelly ice cream. People admire that marvelous carved wooden roof of Bung Karno s tomb. Students enjoy their daily trip by that clean comfortable new green city bus called Trans Jogja. Answer the following questions. 1. Do you like reading stories? When do you usually do it? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Everytime I have spare time I read stories. 2. What is your favorite story? Contoh jawaban: I love Pocahontas. 3. Do you like reading Indonesian stories? What stories do you know? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. There are the stories of Lutung Kasarung, Cindelaras, Bawang Merah and Bawang Putih and Loro Jonggrang. A. Your teacher will read some sentences. Write them down on a sheet of paper. Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Bandung Bondowoso tried to build one thousand temples. It s known as Prambanan Temple. 2. Malin Kundang left his home to find his fortune. 3. Cindelaras was actually the son of a king. 4. The fish begged the fisherman not to kill her because she could do something good to him. 5. Sangkuriang kicked the boat, and it flew to the air. It dropped up side down. It is called Mount Tangkuban Perahu. 6. Prabu Tapa Agung had two beautiful daughters, Purbarangrang and Purbasari. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 41

49 B. Match the sentences you have written in Task A with the following pictures correctly. a. b. c. d. e. f. Jawaban: 1. Picture c. 2. Picture e. 3. Picture a. 4. Picture d. 5. Picture f. 6. Picture b. C. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Teks yang dibacakan guru: There was once a man who wanted to live forever. He lived in fear of dying. One day he was walking along and saw a Chinese dragon. Oh, dragon, he said. I live in fear of dying, I heard that you live forever. I wish I were you. Then, the dragon spoke, Kind man, you shall not like living forever. I will show you what it feels like. The dragon carried him to an island where nobody died. The man lived there and was amazed at how the people would buy poison. After a while he understood, the people did not enjoy living forever. He called the dragon. Take me back, he commanded. The dragon said, I see you have learned your lesson. And now in China when people see dragons, they say, We are happy as we are, oh, Dragon. Source: July 22, 2008 < oban/anna_dragon.htm> 1. There are main characters in the story. A. one B. two C. three D. four Jawaban: B Ada dua (two) tokoh dalam cerita tersebut, yaitu the man dan the dragon. 2. Accidently, the man saw a Chinese dragon. He wished to as the dragon did. A. stay with the dragon B. go with the dragon C. ride on the dragon D. live forever Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan laki-laki itu, yaitu I live in fear of dying, I heard that you live forever. I wish I were you.. Jadi, laki-laki itu menginginkan ia bisa hidup kekal seperti sang naga. 3. The dragon did not fulfill the man s wish because. A. the dragon and the man were good friends B. the dragon knew what the man should do C. the dragon itself did not like to live forever D. the man was afraid of dying Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan sang naga ketika menanggapi permintaan laki-laki itu, yaitu Kind man, you shall not like living forever. I will show you what it feels like. yang artinya Laki-laki yang baik, Anda tidak seharusnya ingin hidup kekal. Aku akan tunjukkan bagaimana rasanya hidup kekal.. Jadi, sang naga ingin memberikan gambaran bagaimana 42 UNIT 1 Narratives

50 rasanya hidup kekal seperti yang telah ia jalani. Itu berarti ia sendiri sebetulnya tidak ingin hidup kekal. 4. The dragon took the man to an island where people lived forever. On his amazement, people there bought to end their lives. A. poison B. ordinary food and drink C. nutritious food and drink D. sharp knives and poison Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pada monolog, The man lived there and was amazed at how the people would buy poison.. 5. The story happened in. A. Korea B. China C. Japan D. Thailand Jawaban: B Pilihan ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir monolog tersebut, yaitu And now in China when people see dragons, they say, We are happy as we are, oh, Dragon.. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Write down his/her words on a sheet of paper. Then, find their antonyms. Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. to live >< to die 2. forever >< temporarily 3. fear >< brave 4. kind >< bad tempered 5. to carry >< to leave behind 6. to buy >< to sell 7. to command >< to obey 8. happy >< sad B. Retell the story of the man who wanted to live forever using your own words. Contoh jawaban: Hi, guys. This time I ll tell you the story of the man who wanted to live forever. Once upon a time there lived a man who was afraid of dying. What a coincidence that he met a Chinese dragon. You know, the dragon lived forever. The man told the dragon his wish to live forever as the dragon did. The dragon just smiled and advised the man that he should not like living forever. Then, the dragon took the man to an island where people lived forever. It left the man to live in the island. During his days, he knew that the people there did not enjoy to live forever. They even bought poison to end their lives. Having realized how hard to live forever, soon the man called the dragon and asked the dragon to bring him back to his place. The dragon was happy knowing that the man had learned something. Today Chinese people always say, We are happy as we are, oh, Dragon. when they meet dragons. That s the end of the story, and thank you for listening to my story. D. Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer the following questions based on what you have heard. Cerita yang dibacakan guru: Listen, all. Now I m going to tell you a story entitled The Sneaky Mouse. One day a mouse saw some cheese on the table, but there was a cat in the house. So the mouse needed a plan to get the cat away from the table. His first idea was to make the cat chase him, and then he would hide. But then he thought of a safer idea. He planned to go to the cat s toy basket and wind the cat s toy mouse up and make a squeak and let the toy mouse go. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 43

51 So while the cat was chasing the toy mouse, the real mouse climbed on the table. When he was about to climb back down, the cat came back to the kitchen to drink. So he needed another plan to get rid of the cat. His plan was to knock a cup of water over on the cat. Just then he saw the cat go to sleep. So he went back to the cat s toy basket and got some yarn. Then, he went back to the table and tied it to the cheese and lowered the cheese to the ground. He started pulling, but it was too hard to pull. So he got his friends to help him pull it to their hole in the wall. When they got there, they had a nice meal together. Source: Ibrahim, August 10, 2009 < 1. What does a sneaky mouse mean? Jawaban: It means a mouse that do or take one s property or belongings secretly, often without permission. 2. Where does the story happen? Jawaban: In a house. 3. What did the mouse want to get? Jawaban: Some cheese on the table. 4. What did the mouse do with the toy mouse? Jawaban: He wound the toy mouse up and made a squeak and let the toy mouse go so the cat chased it. 5. Who helped the mouse to take the cheese to its house? Jawaban: His friends did. Variasi: Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer the questions based on what you have heard. Cerita yang dibacakan guru: Let me tell you the story of Manik Angkeran. Please listen to me carefully. Here is the story. A long time ago there lived a very rich family in Bali. The father was Sidi Mantra. He was very famous for his supernatural power. He lived happily with his wife and his only child Manik Angkeran. Manik Angkeran was a spoiled son. He also had a bad habit. He liked to gamble. Because of his bad habit, his parents soon became poor. They always advised Manik Angkeran to stop his bad habit, but he never listened to them. Instead he kept on begging to his parents to give him a lot of money. The parents then did not have the heart to see him begging. Sidi Mantra then went to Mount Agung. There lived a mighty dragon with his great supernatural power. He could provide jewelry to those who could say the right prayers and ring the bell. Sidi Mantra had the bell and he also knew the prayers. My name is Sidi Mantra. I have a problem. My son likes to gamble and he often asks a lot of money. He has made me poor. I want to give him some, but now I want him to promise to stop his bad behavior, explained Sidi Mantra after he met the dragon. Sidi Mantra then said the prayers and rang the bell. Suddenly, jewelry came out from the dragon s body. He was very happy and immediately brought the jewelry home. This time Sidi Mantra wanted Manik Angkeran to stop gambling. The son then promised. However, soon he broke the promise, and he did not have any money anymore. Manik Angkeran heard that his father got the jewelry from the dragon living in Mount Agung. So he stole his father s bell, then went there. When Manik Angkeran arrived in Mount Agung, he rang the bell. The dragon knew him and said, I will give you anything you want, but you have to promise to stop gambling. Remember the karma! Then, the 44 UNIT 1 Narratives

52 dragon gave him the jewelry. Manik Angkeran was very happy. Suddenly, he had a bad idea. He wanted to kill the dragon and stole all his jewelry. The dragon knew his plan, and with his great power he killed Manik Angkeran. Sidi Mantra was very sad knowing that Manik Angkeran was killed. He asked the dragon to bring his son back to life. The dragon agreed, but they had to live in different places. After a few moments, Manik Angkeran lived again. Then, Sidi Mantra used a stick to make a big line between them on the ground. From the line, water flowed. Soon it became a river. Finally, it became a strait which separated Java and Bali. People then named the strait as Bali Strait. Source: August 10, 2009 < 1. Where does the legend come from? Jawaban: From Bali. 2. Who was Sidi Mantra? Jawaban: He was Manik Angkeran s father, a famous person for his supernatural power. 3. Why did Manik Angkeran s parents become poor? Jawaban: Because Manik Angkeran liked to gamble. 4. Where did Sidi Mantra meet a mighty dragon? Jawaban: In Mount Agung. 5. What is the strait made by Sidi Mantra called? Jawaban: Bali Strait. E. Your teacher will read the story in Task D once again. Find the meanings of the following words based on the story. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to get away from = menyingkir dari 2. to chase = mengejar 3. to hide = bersembunyi 4. to wind up = memutar tombol/baling-baling 5. a squeak = suara mencicit 6. to climb = memanjat 7. to get rid of = mengusir 8. to knock = menimpakan 9. yarn = benang 10. hole = lubang F. Listen to your teacher carefully. Complete the following text with the correct words based on what you have heard. Cerita yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: The Legend of Pesut Mahakam A long time ago, there was a village in East Kalimantan. The village was near the Mahakam River. The villagers always worked hard. Although they were (1) poor, they were very happy. They also helped each other. In the village, there was a rich family. The head of the family was Pak Pesut. Everybody knew Pak Pesut. He was known not because of his (2) wealth, but because of his stinginess. He did not like to help others. His family always ignored people. That s why, Pak Pesut s family always lived alone and never mingled with others. At the moment was a very long dry (3) season. All the rice fields could not get water properly. The villagers could not harvest the rice. Therefore, all villagers were planning to (4) leave their village and find another place to stay. Then, they sent some young men to look for a place that had (5) enough water for their rice fields. After several weeks looking for a new place, finally those young men arrived. They (6) brought good news. There was a waterfall, and it was enough to water their rice fields. Later, all the villagers rushed to the new place. Some villagers went to Pak Pesut s house to (7) inform about the waterfall. Although Pak Pesut was stingy, the villagers did not (8) hate him. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 45

53 I m not going with you! I will stay here. I have enough rice for my family. We will survive! said Pak Pesut arrogantly. The villagers knew it was useless to ask Pak Pesut to join them. So, they all left him and his family alone in the village. When they arrived at the new place, they all were very happy. They had enough water from the waterfall. In the meantime, Pak Pesut and his family were beginning to worry. Their rice slowly was gone. Soon they would not have enough rice to eat. It was in the morning when Pak Pesut s wife was cooking their last portion of rice. Suddenly, someone knocked the door. A (9) beggar came to his house. Go out! I don t have enough rice, said Pak Pesut. He was lying. Please mercy me. I m so hungry. Give me a little rice please, asked the beggar. Pak Pesut immediately asked his family to eat the rice. He was worried the beggar would enter his house and stole the rice. But the rice is still in the cooking pot. Mother is still cooking it. If we eat the rice, it will be very hot, said his son. I don t care! If you all don t eat now, you will never eat again, said Pak Pesut. Later, Pak Pesut and his family ate the rice. It was so hot that they needed water to drink. They rushed to Mahakam River. It was so hot that they finally (10) jumped to the river. The beggar saw the incident. He then prayed to God. Amazingly, Pak Pesut and his family slowly changed into fish. The fish looked like dolphins. Since then, everybody named the fish as Pesut. Source: August 10, 2009 < Variasi: Read the complete story in Task F. Find the meanings of the following words. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. wealth = kekayaan 2. stingy = kikir 3. to ignore = mengabaikan 4. to mingle = berbaur 5. properly = yang pantas atau sesuai 6. to harvest = memanen 7. to look for = mencari 8. waterfall = air terjun 9. to rush = buru-buru, segera 10. to hate = membenci 11. to survive = bertahan hidup 12. arrogantly = dengan congkak 13. to mercy = berbelas kasihan 14. to care = peduli 15. to change into = berubah menjadi A. Read the following text with proper pronunciation. Insulting the King A ferocious lion awoke one morning with bad breath, and asked his friend the deer, Is my breath sweet or sour? It s quite sour, sire, said the deer. How dare you insult me! roared the lion, and ate him up. The lion asked the antelope, Is my breath sweet or sour? Seeing what had just happened to the deer, the antelope replied, Your breath is sweet! Liar! roared the lion, and ate him up. Then, the lion asked the rabbit, And what do you think of my breath? The rabbit saw what had happened to both deer and antelope, and decided he must be very tactful not to insult the king. Sire, said the rabbit, as to the sweetness of your breath, if I may be so bold, I cannot tell... AHH CHOOO! I have a cold. Adapted from: September 29, 2008 < 46 UNIT 1 Narratives

54 B. Find the synonyms the following words in the text in Task A. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to question = to ask 2. brave = dare 3. aromatic = sweet 4. to determine = to decide 5. fierce = ferocious 6. to humiliate = to insult 7. completely = quite 8. to answer = to reply 9. to shout = to roar 10. skillful = tactful C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the story in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. There are three characters in the story. 2. The lion was kind to his friends. 3. The lion ate the antelope because he thought that the antelope had insulted him. 4. According to the story, the rabbit was smart. 5. The rabbit was safe because he pretended as if he caught a flu. Jawaban: 1. F (There are four characters, i.e. the lion, the deer, the antelope and the rabbit.) 2. F (He was cruel because he ate his friends.) 3. F (The lion ate the antelope because he considered the antelope a liar.) 4. T 5. T D. Work in groups. Perform the story of The Legend of Pesut Mahakam with proper pronunciation. Here are the characters and one narrator: 1. Pak Pesut, 2. some villagers, 3. some young men, 4. Pak Pesut s son, 5. Pak Pesut s wife, and 6. a beggar. Example: Narrator: Once upon a time, there lived poor people in a village in East Kalimantan. The village is near the Mahakam River. Those people were diligent and liked to help each other. There lived a rich family, Pak Pesut and his family. Unfortunately, people knew Pak Pesut because of his stinginess. He often ignored people around and never mingled with them. E. Get an interesting story from a newspaper, magazine, story book or the Internet. Retell the story using your own words. Contoh jawaban: I have an interesting story about Mah Bongsu and a snake. This story is from Batam. Some years ago, there lived a poor and nice orphan named Mah Bongsu. She had to work as a maid in Mak Piah s house, a rich woman. Mak Piah had a daughter named Mayang who was at the same age as Mah Bongsu. Mak Piah was a mean lady. She always asked Mah Bongsu to work hard. She also often hit her. Sometimes Mah Bongsu did not get enough food. She was helpless because she did not have any other place to stay. Every day she prayed to God to give her a better life. One day, Mah Bongsu was washing clothes in the river when she saw a big snake swimming towards her. She was scared and decided to run away. However, she didn t run away because she saw that the snake was bleeding. She felt sorry for the snake and brought it home. She put it in her room and healed the wound. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 47

55 Then, something strange happened. While Mah Bongsu was healing the wound, a piece of the snake s skin was removed. Amazingly, the skin turned into gold. She was surprised at first, but then she was very happy. Every day the snake removed its skin, and it always turned into gold. Mah Bongsu collected all the gold and save it. One day, Mah Bongsu sold all the gold and it made her rich. She was even richer than Mak Piah, so she did not work for Mak Piah anymore. Mah Bongsu never forgot to help poor people. Then, she bought a big house and brought the snake to stay with her. Mak Piah was very jealous. She was so curious to know how Mah Bongsu got the wealth. Secretly, she went to Mah Bongsu s house. She saw Mah Bongsu healing a snake. She thought that the snake gave the wealth to Mah Bongsu. Later, Mak Piah asked her daughter, Mayang, to go to the river and find a wounded snake. Finally, Mayang found a wounded snake, and she brought it home. She didn t know that the snake was poisonous. Sadly, it bit and poisoned her. She instantly died. Mak Piah was scared, and she tried to run away. Just right before she left the house, the snake was able to bite her. And she also died then. Meanwhile, the wounded snake at Mah Bongsu s house was finally healed. Amazingly, the snake turned into a handsome man. Thank you, Mah Bongsu. You have healed me, said the snake. Actually, I m a prince who was cursed by a witch to change into a snake. And thanks to you since I can turn into a man now. For your kind heart, I want to marry you. Will you marry me, Mah Bongsu? asked the prince. Mah Bongsu was so happy. She accepted the proposal and lived with the prince. Since then people named the river where Mah Bongsu found her husband Sungai Jodoh. It means the river of a soul mate. Adapted from: August 10, 2009 < A. Read the following story with proper pronunciation. Find the meanings of the words that follow. The Legend of Tanjung Lesung There was a handsome traveler, his name was Raden Budog. One day he was resting under a big tree, and soon he fell asleep. He had a dream. In his dream, he met a very beautiful woman. The woman was standing in front of him. Raden Budog tried to touch her. Suddenly, a twig of the tree fell down and hit him. That made him awake from his sleep. He was really upset! Raden Budog could not forget that woman, he wanted to meet her. He traveled days and nights, and never stopped to rest. Finally, he arrived in a village. All of the villagers were farmers. He saw some girls were pounding rice in a mortar. The people called the mortar lesung. They were busy pounding, and the sound they made was like a harmony. The girls pounded the rice every day, except Friday. Friday was a holy day for them because it was time to pray to God. Raden Budog enjoyed the sound. He was looking at all the girls one by one. Suddenly, aha! He saw the girl he met in his dream. Raden Budog was so happy that he came closer to the girls. All the girls were certainly afraid, and they all went home. Raden Budog followed the beautiful one. When the beautiful girl entered her house, Raden Budog knocked at the door. An old woman opened the door. Who are you, young man? asked the woman. My name is Raden Budog. May I spend the night in your house? I m a traveler and I don t have a place to stay, said Raden Budog. He was trying to find an excuse to stay in the house. My name is Nyi Siti, and I live with my daughter. Her name is Sri Poh Haci. My husband passed away. If you want to spend the night here, you can sleep in the terrace. I m so sorry, I don t allow men to stay in my house, said Nyi Siti. 48 UNIT 1 Narratives

56 In the morning, Sri Poh Haci woke him up. She also gave him a glass of coffee. Raden Budog was extremely happy. He then tried to find a way how he could stay in the village and married Sri Poh Haci. Later, he told Nyi Siti that he would help her in the rice field. Lucky for him, Nyi Siti agreed. Days passed by and later Sri Poh Haci also fell in love with him. Then they got married. Raden Budog still worked in the rice field and Sri Poh Haci also continued to pound the rice in the lesung. One day Raden Budog wanted to pound the rice. He also wanted to make a good sound of lesung. However, it was Friday, and he forgot that pounding rice in the lesung was not allowed on Fridays. And when he was busy making the sound, the villagers screamed. Hey, look! A monkey is pounding the rice! Slowly, the villagers came closer to Raden Budog. He did not notice that all the villagers were looking at him, until one man yelled at him. Hey, monkey! Stop it! It is Friday! Raden Budog did not understand why the villagers called him monkey. However, when he looked at his body, he was shocked! His body was full of hair. He even had a tail. He had changed into a monkey! Raden Budog was so ashamed that he ran away to the jungle. Since then people named the village Lesung Village or Kampung Lesung. And since the village is located in a cape, people then named the village Lesung Cape or Tanjung Lesung. Source: August 10, 2009 < Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to rest = beristirahat 2. to fall asleep = tertidur 3. twig = ranting 4. to fall down = jatuh 5. upset = sedih 6. to pound = menumbuk 7. mortar = lesung 8. holy = suci 9. to spend = menghabiskan waktu 10. to pass away = meninggal 11. to allow = mengizinkan 12. to scream = menjerit 13. to notice = memperhatikan, melihat 14. to yell = berteriak 15. ashamed = malu B. Answer the following questions based on the story in Task A. 1. What is the purpose of the story? Jawaban: To entertain or amuse the readers. 2. What is the story about? Jawaban: It s about the legend of Tanjung Lesung. 3. Who are the characters of the story? Jawaban: They are Raden Budog, Nyi Siti, Sri Poh Haci and some villagers. 4. What happened to Raden Budog when he pounded the rice on the holy day? Jawaban: He turned into a monkey. 5. Why do people call the place Tanjung Lesung? Jawaban: Because Kampung Lesung is located in the cape. C. Retell the story of The Legend of Tanjung Lesung using your own words. Example: Once upon a time there was a handsome traveler named Raden Budog. One day, after traveling from one place to another, he felt very tired. Then, he decided to take a rest under a shady tree. The breeze which blew softly made Raden Budog fall asleep. While sleeping, he dreamed that he met a beautiful girl. He fell in love with her on the first sight. Unfortunately, a twig hit his head and made him awake. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 49

57 D. Find the synonyms of the following words in the story in Task A. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. good-looking = handsome, beautiful 2. soon = immediately 3. to see = to meet 4. to halt = to stop 5. at last = finally 6. peasant = farmer 7. to come after = to follow 8. to die = to pass away 9. to permit = to allow 10. to assist = to help E. Read the following words and find their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. rich = kaya 2. pupil = murid 3. unfortunately = sayangnya 4. wicked = jahat 5. brave = berani 6. unpleasant = tidak menyenangkan 7. to forgot = lupa 8. to accept = menerima 9. unlucky = tidak beruntung 10. to start = memulai F. Read the words in Task E once again, and then find their antonyms. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. rich >< poor 2. pupil >< teacher 3. unfortunately >< fortunately 4. wicked >< kind 5. brave >< scared 6. unpleasant >< pleasant 7. to forget >< to remember 8. to accept >< to decline 9. unlucky >< lucky 10. to start >< to finish G. Read the text. Answer the questions that follow. Wa Lancar Wa Lancar was a poor young man. However, he was diligent and always studied hard. He did not have enough money to go to a teacher. Fortunately, he met a kind teacher. He was willing to teach Wa Lancar. For a return, he asked Wa Lancar to help him in his rice field. Wa Lancar agreed. The teacher taught him everything. After several years, the teacher thought it was enough for Wa Lancar to be his student. Before Wa Lancar left, the teacher gave him a piece of advice. If you are hungry, don t eat immediately. Just wait. He then left. However, he still wanted to study. Then, Wa Lancar met the second teacher. Like the first teacher, he also did not have to pay. He was just asked to help the teacher in his rice field. He studied for several years, and then the teacher asked him to leave. Before leaving, he was advised by the teacher, When you are tired walking, stop and get some rest. Wa Lancar was still not satisfied. He met the third teacher. Again, he did not have to pay some money. He was also asked to help the teacher in the rice field. Later, it was time for him to leave. Again, the third teacher advised him, Get a stone and a knife, and then grind the knife. He was very thankful. Wa Lancar wanted to help poor kids by teaching them. At first, he just had a few students. The time passed and he had more and more students. This made another teacher jealous. Not long afterward, he went to the palace and told the king that Wa Lancar taught bad lessons to the children. The king was angry. He punished Wa Lancar by asking him to marry his daughter. Wa Lancar was scared. It was because any man who married the king s daughter would die mysteriously. 50 UNIT 1 Narratives

58 At the wedding reception, the guests were served with delicious foods. The jealous teacher gave Wa Lancar food. Wa Lancar remembered his first teacher s advice, not to eat immediately when he was hungry. He refused the food. However, the man next to him ate the food. Not long after that, he suffered a terrible stomachache. Not long afterward, he died. Apparently, the food was poisoned. In the following morning, the jealous teacher told Wa Lancar that the king asked Wa Lancar to give the king a black stone from the hill. Wa Lancar went with some soldiers. After several hours walking, he was tired. He remembered his second teacher s advice, to stop and get some rest if he was tired of walking. He told the soldiers to walk first. He was lucky. The soldiers fell into a deep hole and died. Wa Lancar then took the black stone and brought it to the palace. When he arrived at the palace, Wa Lancar wanted to sleep. Suddenly, he remembered his third teacher s advice, to grind a knife with a stone. He took a knife and ground it with the black stone. After he finished grinding the knife, he went to bed. He saw a centipede on the bed! He killed the centipede with his knife. His wife woke up because of all the noises. She was surprised to see a dead centipede on the bed. Wa Lancar told his wife everything. He was sure that all the bad things happened because of the jealous teacher. His wife immediately told his father, the king, all the bad things. Soon, the king asked the jealous teacher if it was true. The jealous teacher could not say a word. He told everything and confessed his mistakes. The king then punished the jealous teacher. Adapted from : August 10, 2009 < Questions: 1. What should Wa Lancar do to pay for his study? Jawaban: He had to help his teachers work in their rice fields. 2. Why was Wa Lancar afraid when he had to marry the princess? Jawaban: Because he heard that any man who married her would die mysteriously. 3. What was the advice from Wa Lancar s third teacher? Jawaban: To get a stone and a knife, and then to grind the knife. 4. When did Wa Lancar find his third teacher s advice useful? Jawaban: When he wanted to sleep, he saw a centipede on the bed. He could kill it using the knife. 5. What is the moral value of the story? Jawaban: We should do something good to other people and obey our teachers. Variasi: Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text above? Correct the false ones. 1. Wa Lancar lived in a rich family. 2. Wa Lancar was a farmer. 3. Wa Lancar s first teacher advised him not to eat immediately when he was hungry. 4. Wa Lancar s second teacher asked him to get a stone and grind a knife. 5. Wa Lancar decided to teach and had some students. 6. Wa Lancar was scared to marry the princess because he didn t want to die. 7. One teacher told something bad about Wa Lancar to the king because of his jealousy. 8. When looking for a black stone, the soldiers took a rest together with Wa Lancar. 9. Wa Lancar got a black stone and brought it to the palace. 10. The princess had killed a centipede before she slept. Jawaban: 1. F (Wa Lancar was a poor young man.) 2. F (Wa Lancar wanted to study to get better education, then he finally became a teacher.) 3. T PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 51

59 4. F (The second teacher advised him, When you are tired walking, stop and get some rest. ) 5. T 6. T 7. T 8. F (Wa Lancar remembered what his second teacher had advised him, then he told the soldiers to walk first.) 9. T 10. F (Wa Lancar had killed the centipede with the knife he had just ground.) H. Read the text and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Long, long ago, when the gods and goddesses used to mingle in the affairs of mortals, there was a small kingdom on the slope of Mount Wayang in West Java. The King, named Sang Prabu, was a wise man. He had an only daughter, called Princess Teja Nirmala, who was famous for her beauty. However, she was not married. One day Sang Prabu made up his mind to settle the matter by a show of strength. After that, Prince of Blambangan, named Raden Begawan, won the competition. Unfortunately, the wicked fairy, Princess Segara, fell in love with Raden Begawan and used magic power to render him unconscious and forget his wedding. When Sang Prabu was searching, Raden Begawan saw the king and soon realized that he had been enchanted by the wicked fairy. The fairy could not accept this, so she killed Raden Begawan. When Princess Teja Nirmala heard this, she was very sad. So a nice fairy took her to the Kahyangan. The story goes that on certain moonlight nights, one can hear the sound of music in the air above from the top of the mountain. It indicates that Sang Prabu and his daughter have not met each other till dawn when it is time for them to part and to meet again on another moonlight night. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 1. The suitable title for the text is. A. How Mount Wayang Existed B. Princess Segara and Raden Begawan C. A Wicked Fairy D. The Legend of Mount Wayang Jawaban: D Cerita itu menjelaskan peristiwa yang terjadi di Gunung Wayang, Jawa Barat. Jadi, judul yang sesuai adalah Legenda Gunung Wayang. 2. Who was Sang Prabu? A. Princess Teja Nirmala s father. B. Princess Teja Nirmala s husband. C. Princess Segara s father. D. Princess Segara s husband. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat The King, named Sang Prabu, was a wise man. He had an only daughter, called Princess Teja Nirmala,..... Jadi, Sang Prabu adalah ayah Puteri Teja Nirmala. 3. won the show of strength in Sang Prabu s kingdom. A. The King of Blambangan B. Raden Begawan C. The wicked fairy D. The god of Kahyangan Jawaban: B Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat After that, Prince of Blambangan, named Raden Begawan had won the competition.. Jadi, yang memenang-kan perlombaan adalah Raden Begawan and used magic power to render him unconscious and forget his wedding. (Paragraph 2) The underlined word means to. A. accept B. cause to become C. defeat D. fight against 52 UNIT 1 Narratives

60 Jawaban: B Kata to render dan to cause to become artinya sama, yaitu menyebabkan atau menjadikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya menerima, (C) artinya mengalahkan, dan (D) artinya bertarung melawan. 5. The fairy could not accept this, so she killed Raden Begawan. (Paragraph 2) The underlined word refers to. A. Princess Teja Nirmala B. a goddess C. Princess Segara D. Princess Segara s sister Jawaban: C Kata she pada kalimat tersebut mengacu pada subjek kalimat yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu the fairy. The fairy yang dimaksud adalah the wicked fairy, yaitu Princess Segara. Variasi: Read the following text and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. A long time ago ruled a king whose name was King Wicaksana. The King had a good heart. He ruled his kingdom wisely. He was always ready to help his people. He often gave the poor who needed money or food to eat. That was why, he was not as rich as other kings, but he was happier. One day a poor woman came to the palace. She told the king sadly that her husband was seriously ill. She also told him that he lied on the bed weakly and even could not move his hands or legs. Soon, the King ordered his minister to come and see the man. Not long afterwards, the minister returned and whispered something to the King. The King, then, gave a package to the woman. This is the medicine that may do good to your husband. Use it to cure him. But don t open it until you reach home, said the King. When the woman reached her house, she showed the package to her husband and opened it. It was a lot of food and money instead of some medicine. From his minister the King knew that the man was not ill but starving. He had not eaten anything for many days. Jawaban: B Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf satu cerita tersebut, yaitu..., he was not as rich as other kings.. Kata rich artinya sama dengan wealthy, yaitu kaya. 2. Where did the woman open the package? A. On her way home. B. In the King s palace. C. At her house. D. Under the tree. Jawaban: C Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf terakhir, yaitu When the woman reached the house, she showed the package to her husband and opened it.. Itu berarti wanita membuka bungkusan itu di rumah. 3. The man could not move his hands and legs because. A. he hadn t eaten for many days B. something heavy had hit his hands and legs C. someone had hit him severely D. he was punished by God for his cruelty Jawaban: A Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf terakhir, yaitu He had not eaten anything for many days.. 1. King Wicaksana was not like other kings. A. good B. wealthy C. wise D. kind-hearted PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 53

61 4.... he lied on the bed weakly and even could not move his hands or legs. (Paragraph 2) The word he in that sentence refers to. A. the woman s brother B. the woman s husband C. the king D. the minister Jawaban: B Kata he merupakan kata ganti orang dari orang yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu the woman s husband (kalimat: She told the king sadly that her husband.... ). 5. Not long afterwards, the minister returned and whispered something to the King. (Paragraph 4) The underlined word means. A. to shout B. to yell C. to tell about something respectfully D. to tell about something quietly Jawaban: D Kata whispered artinya membisikkan. Jadi, kata whispered berarti memberitahukan tentang sesuatu dengan suara lirih (to tell about something quietly). Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya bersorak, (B) artinya berteriak, dan (C) artinya menyampaikan sesuatu dengan hormat. I. Complete the following text with the suitable words from the box. a. brought b. crying c. take care d. hit e. watched f. farmers g. shocked h. harvest i. screamed j. ran k. noisy l. alone The Legend of Golog Stone Once upon a time, there was a family of (1). The father s name was Amaq Lebain and the mother s name was Inaq Lebain. They had two children, a son and a daughter. They lived happily. The parents really loved their children. Every time they went farming, they always (2) the children to the rice fields. One day the father went to the market to sell their (3). Meanwhile, the mother went to the rice field (4) to pound the rice. And as always, she brought the children to the rice field. Please (5) of our children. I won t be long in the market. I will go to the rice field after I finish selling the harvest, said the father. I will be careful, said the mother. O.K., Mother, said the children. Later the mother was busy pounding the rice. It was quite (6). Strangely, every time the mother pounded the rice, the stone where the children were sitting down was growing. The children were scared. They (7). Mother? The stone is getting taller! they shouted. The mother could not hear them well. She thought the children asked her to go home. Just a minute, kids. I will finish this soon, said the mother. But, Mom, the stone is getting taller. We were scared, said the children (8). Be patient, I will finish pounding the rice soon, said the mother. Again, she could not hear them well. It was repeated again and again. The golog stone was getting taller and taller, and finally, it reached the clouds. The children could not be seen anymore. When the mother finished pounding the rice, she was (9)! She could not find her children. She then cried and prayed to God. She wanted to bring her children down, but she did not know how. Somehow God answered her pray. She had to use the rice pounder to cut down the golog stone. Then, she (10) the stone with the rice pounder. Amazingly, the stone broke 54 UNIT 1 Narratives

62 down into three pieces. The first part fell in an area which later was called Gembong Village, the second part fell in area which was later named Dasan Batu, and the last part fell in area which later was named Montong Teker. Unfortunately, the two children could not come back to their mother. They had changed into birds. Source: August 10, 2009 < Jawaban: 1. f 2. a 3. h 4. l 5. c 6. k 7. i 8. b 9. g 10. d J. Combine these pairs of sentences using the past perfect tense. 1. Stanly arrived. The meeting had already started. When,. 2. Policemen arrived. The robbers left the jewelry shop. By the time,. 3. We were happy to see Ms. Marlene again. We hadn t seen her for three years. because. 4. Mother left the gas stove on. She left the house a few minutes ago. Mother realized that when. 5. I bought Ronald sneakers as his birthday gift. He had already had three pairs of sneakers. ; although,. Jawaban: 1. When Stanly arrived, the meeting had already started. 2. By the time policemen arrived, the robbers had left the jewelry shop. 3. We were happy to see Ms. Marlene again because we hadn t seen her for three years. 4. Mother realized that she had left the gas stove on when she left the house a few minutes ago. 5. I bought Ronald sneakers as his birthday gift; although, he had already had three pairs of sneakers. Variasi: Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences. Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words. 1. had that two sold it years Brandon had before his motorcycle for father 2. when the lake the storm That man had that place fished at hit 3. his over study, he had Uncle Jasson two years finished been in By the time Germany for 4. because had Marlina ever she lived there for years knew Sidney three so well 5. that house moved out lived in for over Mr. Hananto and ten had years before he to his family Surabaya 6. Harry believed that had We that monster killed 7. over when been Septa and The party had Simon arrived 8. that he paper Alvian sent our told me work by had already 9. had soldiers to his asked his daughter, but could The king find not find they her 10. when that she this won we Melisa had the competition went not heard home morning PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 55

63 Jawaban: 1. Brandon had had that motorcycle for two years before his father sold it. 2. That man had fished at the lake when the storm hit that place. 3. By the time Uncle Jasson finished his study, he had been in Germany for over two years. 4. Marlina knew Sidney so well because she had ever lived there for three years. 5. Mr. Hananto and his family had lived in that house for over ten years before he moved out to Surabaya. 6. We believed that Harry had killed that monster. 7. The party had been over when Septa and Simon arrived. 8. Alvian told me that he had already sent our paper work by The king had asked his soldiers to find his daughter, but they could not find her. 10. Melisa had not heard that she won the competition when we went home this morning. K. Complete the sentences with the proper words. Mind the tenses. Lucky can t believe that he (get) (1) that scholarship. He (submit) (2) his application three months ago, but he didn t think he had a chance of getting it. When he (show) (3) up to hand in his application, there were many people who (arrive) (4) before him. They (fill, already) (5) out their applications. Jawaban: Lucky can t believe that he got (1) that scholarship. He submitted (2) his application three months ago, but he didn t think he had a chance of getting it. When he showed (3) up to hand in his application, there were many people who had arrived (4) before him. They had already filled (5) out their applications. L. Underline the noun phrases in the following sentences. 1. The guests admired the crown on the princess head. 2. I got a new touched screen reddish metallic mobile phone from my uncle. 3. Do you know who lives in this large antique grey wall castle? 4. The boy with cubby cheeks and a big nose has been walking here and there for hours. 5. Unfortunately, Prince Halilintar forgot to bring his sharp and shiny long sword on his journey. Jawaban: 1. The guests admired the crown on the princess head. 2. I got a new touched screen reddish metallic mobile phone from my uncle. 3. Do you know who lives in this large antique grey wall castle? 4. The boy with cubby cheeks and a big nose has been walking here and there for hours. 5. Unfortunately, Prince Halilintar forgot to bring his sharp and shiny long sword on his journey. M. Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences. Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words. 1. a bunch of big fragrant Ruth brought yellow flowers 2. table looks under the The storybook interesting 3. dictionary for my buy an illustrated little sister I want to 4. soft silky Finally, cat slept that little on the white blanket 5. bought shiny black a second American jeep Mr. Rod 56 UNIT 1 Narratives

64 Jawaban: 1. Ruth brought a bunch of big fragrant yellow flowers. 2. The storybook under the table looks interesting. 3. I want to buy an illustrated dictionary for my little sister. 4. Finally, that little cat slept on the white soft silky blanket. 5. Mr. Rod bought a second shiny black American jeep. A. Write the past participles of the following verbs. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to arrest arrested 2. to begin begun 3. to choose chosen 4. to drink drunk 5. to drive driven 6. to go gone 7. to grow grown 8. to hide hidden 9. to keep kept 10. to lead led 11. to ride ridden 12. to run run 13. to see seen 14. to seek sought 15. to sing sung 16. to speak spoken 17. to spend spent 18. to stand stood 19. to throw thrown 20. to wear worn B. Make ten sentences using the words in Task A. Use the past perfect tense. Example: The meeting had begun when Jodie entered the room. Contoh jawaban: 1. By the time Mr. Arnold arrived, the thief had been arrested. 2. Had the film begun when I arrived home? 3. Rafli had chosen a birthday present for Aunt Jessica when we met him. 4. Had you drunk the medicine before you went to sleep? 5. Father had driven the car for six hours before we arrived at Paiton. 6. When Pak Tani, the farmer, appeared, Si Kancil had gone into the bush. 7. Ega had grown up to be a strong and handsome man from the last time I met him. 8. Those thieves had hidden their treasure in the cave before Aladdin found it. 9. Keke had never run 1 km far before she joined a running competition this morning. 10. Had you ever spoken in English before you studied in Australia? C. Here is a story, but there are some words which are misspelled or miswritten. Find and correct them. A Cat and Its Shadow Once lived a greedy stupid cat. One day he got a peace of meat, and he wated to carry it home. He carried the meat in his mouth. On his woy home, he had to cross a plank lying across a runing brook. As he crossed, he looked down and saw his own sadow reflected in the water beneth. Thiking it was another cat with PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 57

65 another piece of beat, he made up his mine to have that also. So he made a snap at the shadow in the water, but as he opened his mouth, the piece of meat fell out. It droped into the water and was never seen anymore. Adapted from: September 29, 2008 < Jawaban: A Cat and Its Shadow Once lived a greedy stupid cat. One day he got a (1) piece of meat, and he (2) wanted to carry it home. He carried the meat in his mouth. On his (3) way home, he had to cross a plank lying across a (4) running brook. As he crossed, he looked down and saw his own (5) shadow reflected in the water (6) beneath. (7) Thinking it was another cat with another piece of (8) meat, he made up his (9) mind to have that also. So he made a snap at the shadow in the water, but as he opened his mouth, the piece of meat fell out. It (10) dropped into the water and was never seen anymore. D. Read a legend from a magazine, newspaper, story book or the Internet. Rewrite the story using your own words. Contoh jawaban: Sidomukti Sidomukti and his father lived in Widorokandang, East Java. Sidomukti was sad because his father was seriously ill. His father asked him to go to a jungle to take some leaves for his medicine. Sidomukti went to the jungle immediately. Sidomukti tried hard to find the leaves. He had to go here and there. Suddenly, he found a hut. He went to the hut and knocked at the door. An old woman opened the door. What can I do for you, young man? asked her. My father is very ill. I want to find some leaves of medicines for him. Do you know where I can find them, Madam? I know where they are. But, it s getting late outside and going to be dark soon. Why don t you stay here and spend the night in my place? Let us find them tomorrow, the woman said. Sidomukti agreed. He felt very tired and directly went to sleep. All of sudden, he felt something creeping on his hand. It was a spider and it stung him. Sidomukti screamed in pain. Ouuuchh! That hurts!!! Then, he tried to find something to kill the black spider. He took a broom in the corner of the room. Gotcha! Suddenly, a beautiful woman appeared. Sidomukti was confused. Who are you? asked Sidomukti to the lady. The beautiful lady answered, Don t be afraid, young man. I was the spider. A witch cursed me into a black spider. Actually I m a princess. Because you have already helped me, I will tell my father, the king, to help you. Sidomukti and the princess then headed to the palace. The king was very happy knowing that his daughter was back home. To show his gratitude to Sidomukti, the king gave him a box of gold. He also ordered his people to help Sidomukti find the leaves of medicines. Adapted from: March 29, 2008 < 58 UNIT 1 Narratives

66 E. Make sentences using the past perfect tense based on the pictures and the clues to hold to join the catching eels competition to reach to lose to travel to go 4 5 to sell to have to have to sell Contoh jawaban: 1. Reina had never held an eel before she joined the catching eels competition this morning. 2. Sorry, you couldn t reach me because I had lost my mobile phone. 3. Had you ever traveled by train before you went to Jakarta last month? 4. Mr. Rahmat had sold toys using a bicycle before he had a motorcycle. 5. Mr. Samson had had that car for four years before he sold it. F. Make five sentences using the past perfect tense. Contoh jawaban: 1. I had finished studying by the time my mother came home. 2. After I had bought some stationery, I went to a restaurant for lunch. 3. My brother had practiced hard before he participated in the swimming competition. 4. I thought I had locked the door before I left the house. 5. By the time the bell rang, I had finished doing my math exercise. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 59

67 G. Let s compete. Work in groups of four. Expand each word below to make proper noun phrases. The winner is the group that can make the longest proper noun phrases. 1. cat 2. road 3. flower 4. teacher 5. house Contoh jawaban: 1. a cat a white cat a cute white cat a cute white cat with soft fur a cute white cat with very soft fur a cute white cat with very soft fur on the sofa 2. a road a wide road a smooth wide road a top and down smooth wide road a top and down smooth wide asphalt road 3. a flower a red flower a big red flower an aromatic big red flower an aromatic big red flower in the school yard 4. a teacher a beautiful teacher a beautiful and wise teacher a beautiful, wise and tall teacher a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher with glasses 5. a house a green house a big green house a big green bamboo house a big green bamboo Javanese house H. Make sentences using the phrases you have written in Task G. Contoh jawaban: 1. I saw a cute white cat with very soft fur on the sofa. 2. We had an unforgettable experience when we passed a top and down smooth wide asphalt road. 3. The gardener plants an aromatic big red flower in the school yard. 4. We have a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher with glasses. 5. My family lives in a big green bamboo Javanese house. 60 UNIT 1 Narratives

68 1.3 Short Functional Texts: Poems and Diaries Spoken Text Read the following poem. Good Night By Amanda Sweet dreams, Sleep tight, Have a good dream tonight, Move away from the day, Relax and don t delay, Fly away to dream land, To a nice peaceful place, Good night. Source: Amanda, August 10, 2009 < The text above is called a poem. There are some definitions about it, but they have a similar meaning. One of them said that a poem is a written expression of emotion or ideas in an arrangement of words/verse most often rhythmically. (August 31, 2009 < So, what is a good poem? Some people try to define it. One of them is Michele Coppola. He said, A good poem awakens the senses, allowing me to see, touch and experience something in a powerful way. A good poem makes the ordinary and familiar seem extraordinary. (Michele Coppola, editor, Dutton Books, August 31, 2009 < When we say a poem aloud to audience, it means we recite it. Now, let s see the poem above. In that poem, Amanda tries to say good night to the readers. She asks the readers to go to sleep, forget the day and enjoy the dream. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 61

69 Written Text Read the following diary. Sorry, by Beautiful Girl I m sorry if I did something, Elizabeth. I don t know what to do now. I guess I was trying to say that I thought it wasn t very nice what you did to me. But I guess making a diary entry about it wasn t the smartest thing I have come up with. I forgive you. Will you forgive me? Still laughing too hard from my own lame joke... Adapted from: Beautiful Girl, A free online diary, August 31, 2009 < The text above is a diary. A diary is a record in written book format with discreet entries arranged by date reporting on what has happened over the course of a day or other period. Schools or parents may teach or require children to keep diaries in order to encourage the expression of feelings and to promote thought. Generally, the term is today employed for personal diaries, in which the writer may detail more personal information and normally intended to remain private or to have a limited circulation amongst friends or relatives. The word journal may be sometimes used for diary, but generally one writes daily in a diary, whereas journal-writing can be less frequent. Source: August 31, 2009 < Answer the following questions. 1. Do you like reading poems? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. 2. Do you think it is sometimes difficult to understand the message of a poem? Why? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Because sometimes a poem uses many conotative words. 3. Do you like writing diaries? If you do, what do you usually write? Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I usually write my bad or good things that have happened in my life day by day. 62 UNIT 1 Narratives

70 A. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences. Puisi yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Rain By Michelle Rain is pouring down, On our roof and house, Please do not rain now!!! Source: Michelle, August 10, 2009 < Variasi: Recite the poem you have written. Do it in turns. B. Listen to your teacher carefully. Answer the following questions. Puisi yang dibacakan guru: My Best Friend By Kelli Harris You love me for me. How is it possible that- My very being, you understand, you see. In my mind, you shall remain- If something should ever happen to you, My sunshine would turn to rain. You will always be in my heart, For that is where you belong, That is where you were from the very start. Thank you for being you. Thank you for understanding. Thank you for always being true. I love you. Source: Kelli Harris, August 10, 2009 < 1. What is the title of the poem? Jawaban: My Best Friend. 2. The first line says, You love me for me. What does the word you refer to? Jawaban: It refers to the writer s friend. 3. My sunshine would turn to rain. What does this line tell about? Jawaban: It tells that the writer s happiness will turn into sadness when something bad happens to her friend. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 63

71 4. Why does the writer love her friend? Jawaban: Because he/she is his/her real self, understands her, and is always true. 5. What can we learn from the poem? Jawaban: We need friends. Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences. Guru membacakan satu atau dua kali lagi puisi pada kegiatan A yang berjudul My Best Friend. Siswa disuruh mendengarkan dan menulis kalimat-kalimat tersebut di secarik kertas. B. Recite the poem you have written. Do it in turns. C. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following poem based on what you have heard. Puisi yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Mirrors By Kathy Chu So many things they (1) represent, The producers of vanity, And of resentment. So many things they have to tell, They (2) reflect not just the truth, But lies as well. They show (3) light and dark, Tones and colors, But their only weakness, Is they can t (4) show, Personalities of one another. So why do people spend so much time, looking into them? For they are shallow and only (5) illusions. Source: Kathy Chu, August 10, 2009 < Variasi: Read the following words and find their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to represent = mewakili 2. vanity = kesia-siaan, kesombongan 3. resentment = kemarahan, kebencian 4. to reflect = menggambarkan, membayangkan 5. truth = kebenaran 6. lies = kebohongan, kepura-puraan 7. tone = sifat 8. to spend = menghabiskan atau melewatkan waktu 9. shallow = dangkal 10. illusion = bayangan, ilusi, khayalan 64 UNIT 1 Narratives

72 D. Your teacher is going to read the poem in Task C once again. Listen to him/her carefully. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the poem? 1. So many things they have to tell, The word they refers to mirrors. 2. Mirrors only tells about truth. 3. People should not spend their days before mirrors. 4. Mirrors have no weaknesses because they reflect everything. 5. In fact, people don t need to have mirrors because mirrors are shallow. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (They (mirrors) reflect not just the truth, but lies as well. (lines 5 and 6)) 3. T 4. F (Mirrors have also a weakness that they can t show personalities of one another. (lines 9 11)) 5. F (Based on the sentence line 12, So why do people spend so much time, looking into them?, it means that many people need or have mirrors.) A. Recite the following poems. Do it in turns. 1. Window By Christian If you look through a window, Do you see what I see? Or is it black or gray? Can you see the little white bunny with the tea cup? Or maybe you see the old man with the tears in his eyes, Telling his son goodbye. We all see something different, Even looking through the same window, At the same time. Source: Christian, August 10, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 65

73 2. Hope By Cassara Gellar When your heart gets broken And your mind won t open, From all the pain that was caused By the people you loved and lost, You wait for the day That you will be saved, When it finally comes It seems to make reruns, Of all the tragic times That you thought you left behind, It stays bundled up inside It s something that will never die, It s the love you left behind. Source: Cassara Gellar, August 10, 2009 < com/read/poem138.htm> B. What do the following words mean? Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to look through = memandang 2. bunny = kelinci 3. tear = air mata 4. heart = jantung hati 5. pain = rasa sakit 6. to cause = menyebabkan 7. to lose = hilang 8. rerun = pertunjukan ulangan 9. to leave behind = meninggalkan 10. to bundle = membungkus Variasi: Read the poems in Task A once again. Match the words in column A with their antonyms in column B. A 1. to cause 2. to leave behind 3. tragic 4. open 5. to die 6. to come 7. pain 8. inside 9. never 10. to love B a. to hate b. outside c. to leave d. to live e. ever f. to effect g. close h. comic i. comfort j. to come together Jawaban: 1. f 2. j 3. h 4. g 5. d 6. c 7. i 8. b 9. e 10. a 66 UNIT 1 Narratives

74 C. Read the poems in Task A once again and answer the following questions. 1. For poem 1. What are the first and second lines of the poem about? 2. According to you, what is the third line about? 3. What does the writer try to tell the readers about? 4. For poem 2. What are the first and second lines about? 5. What does the writer try to tell the readers about? Jawaban: 1. It s about the writer s request to the readers to see things through a window. 2. Contoh jawaban: Something black means something which is clear, while something gray implies that something is abstract or unclear. 3. Contoh jawaban: The writer tries to tell that people have their own descriptions and opinions about things; although, they see similar things. 4. They are about someone s feeling when the one he/she loves breakes his/her heart. 5. The writer tries to tell the readers that there s always hope; though, we are in bad condition. Variasi: Read the following poem and answer the questions. Light Over Night (By Michael Banks) Because of this thing called pride, I have opened mine eyes and realized, That no matter what is said or done, At the end of it all I have won. In the deepness of the night there is still light, A light that shines so bright. Yes, so bright it gives me sight, A sight to see, A sight to follow, A sight to be, A sight to swallow. To swallow the stains, To swallow the guilt, To swallow the pain it built. At the end of the road, at the end of the cold night, There will be a new beginning, and a warm light over night. Source: Michael Banks, August 10, 2009 < Questions: 1. What are the first and second verses about? Jawaban: They are about pride which the writer knows and realizes. 2. What does the third verse imply? Jawaban: In the worst condition (deepness of the night), there is a hope/way to succeed (there is still light). 3. Yes, so bright it gives me sight, What does the word it refer to? Jawaban: It refers to light. 4. What does the word sight mean? Jawaban: It means eyesight or vision. 5. There will be a new beginning,.... What does that sentence mean? Jawaban: It means that there is always a hope. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 67

75 D. In turns, recite the following poem in front of the class. Explain what it tells you about. Things 24 By Ghost 1. Your presence is a present to the world. 2. You re unique and one of a kind. 3. Your life can be what you want it to be. 4. Take the days just one at a time. 5. Count your blessings, not your troubles. 6. You ll make it through whatever comes along. 7. Within you are so many answers. 8. Understand, have courage, be strong. 9. Don t put limits on yourself. 10. So many dreams are waiting to be realized. 11. Decisions are too important to leave to chance. 12. Reach for your peak, your goal and your prize. 13. Nothing wastes more energy than worrying. 14. The longer one carries a problem, the heavier it gets. 15. Don t take things too seriously. 16. Live a life of serenity, not a life of regrets. 17. Remember that a little love goes a long way. 18. Remember that a lot goes forever. 19. Remember that friendship is a wise investment. 20. Life s treasures are people together. 21. Realize that nothing is ever too late. 22. Do ordinary things in an extraordinary way. 23. Have health and hope and happiness. 24. Take the time to wish upon a star.... And don t ever forget for even a day how very special you are. Source: Ghost, August 10, 2009 < Contoh jawaban: The poem is about the fact that each of us is a special person, so we should do things and think accordingly. E. Now, try to express your feeling through a poem. Contoh jawaban: Dear Old Lady Dear old lady, You re getting old, Though you haven t been told, The time has come for your skin to fold, Your teenage years have been sold, Are you cold? Don t be! For we LOVE you tough and bold, And you will always be ours to hold! Source: Elaine Lo, August 10, 2009 < 68 UNIT 1 Narratives

76 A. Read the following diary and answer the questions. Our House, by Beautiful Girl Our house is a zoo. A small zoo. My mother and I have a tortoise, two cats, a human and an alien. My mom s the alien. This is what happens when I hang out with my mom. We get hyper on just being around each other. I can t imagine any other mom having the same relationship my mother and I have. It s weird and out of control. The title of this entry sounds like a song, Our house is very, very, very fine house. I don t know who wrote it. I ll ask my mom. Ya. That s it, write some other time... Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 < Questions: 1. What does the word our in the first sentence refer to? Jawaban: It refers to the writer s and her mother s. 2. Why does the writer say that her house is like a zoo? Jawaban: Because they keep some pets there; a tortoise and two cats. 3. Who is human mentioned in the text? Jawaban: The writer. 4. It s weird and out of control. What does the word weird in Indonesian mean? Jawaban: It means aneh. 5. I don t know who wrote it. What does the word it refer to? Jawaban: It refers to a song. B. Complete the following diary with the suitable words from the box. Computer Room/Lab Whatever, by Beautiful Girl a. blocked b. waking up c. calling d. playing e. simple f. start I m in the computer room with Carolyn, Zoe and Rachel. They are making fun of me for (1) the computer lab the computer room. I mean what s the difference? We are using computers in a room. It s that (2). We are at school at 7:21 a.m. because when you get to the computer lab before school starts, you get to go on any site you want to, if it s not (3) of course. If you want to know, our first classes (4) at 8:10 a.m. Yup. Today I have two hours classes in the morning. No team time!! Yay!! First I have social studies. Then, I have math. Ew. Can you imagine an hour of math when you re just (5)? I m going to die this morning. They will have to come a carry me off. And no I m and not over doing it. I have to go and do homework that I didn t do last night now. Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 69

77 Jawaban: 1. c 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. b Variasi: Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task B? Correct the false ones. 1. The text is about the writer s experience at school. 2. The phrase making fun of (someone) means laughing at someone. 3. The writer was in the computer lab less than half an hour before the first lesson started. 4. The writer loved math. 5. The writer was a bit lazy because she hadn t done her homework the day before. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (The phrase making fun of (someone) means to ridicule or in Indonesian mengolokolok.) 3. F (The writer arrived at school at 7:21 a.m. and her first classes started at 8:10 a.m. It means she was in the computer lab for 49 minutes or more than half an hour.) 4. F (Based on the sentence Can you imagine an hour of math, when you re just waking up? I m going to die this morning., it can be concluded that the writer disliked math.) 5. T C. Read the diary. Find the meanings of the words that follow. My Fate, by Beautiful Girl A moment ago, I was sitting outside in the rain. The water was thumping on my head. Seeping through my hair. Running down my arms. Soaking my clothes. Dripping down my legs on to the grass where I am sitting. My body is cold and wet. No one is outside but me. Then, I start to cry. When it rains, no one can see you cry. I thought I couldn t cry, but I guess I can. For how could someone feel this much misery? How could someone break a heart of another? For now I have one more day of school. Then to summer. Then, back to the black hole (also known as school). Where I once more must see his face and be reminded of my cold body and warm tears. I try to go to my sacred place, but the door won t open. For I have been locked out. Forbidden to spin. One day I will emerge victorious from the maze I have been traveling in. Because my fate is in no one else but me, no other hands but mine. Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 < 70 UNIT 1 Narratives

78 Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. to thump = mengetuk 2. to seep = merembes, meresap 3. to soak = merendam 4. to drip = menetes 5. grass = rumput 6. to break = mematahkan 7. to guess = menduga 8. misery = kesengsaraan 9. to remind = mengingatkan 10. tear = air mata 11. sacred = suci 12. to forbid = melarang 13. to spin = melintir, memutar 14. to emerge = muncul 15. fate = takdir D. Read the diaries and choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3. Dear diary, Last Sunday, Santi and I were going to the city library together. We went there in the afternoon. In addition, the weather was fine. Near the park, someone was following us. We heard some noises behind the bush. We were very afraid that we thought we were followed by a pickpocket or a freak. But then, a dirty, poor boy came out from the bush. He asked for money to buy some food. Gosh, he was just a hungry kid. So, we gave him some money. He said thanks and went away. That s a very heart beating experience. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 1. The diary is about. A. the writer and his/her friend Santi B. the writer s experience when he/she went to the library with Santi C. a kid who was hungry D. a wicked man who followed the writer and his/her friend Santi Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan gagasan pada paragraf satu. 2. The writer went to the library. A. on foot B. by bike C. by motorcycle D. by car Jawaban: A Paragraf dua menjelaskan bahwa penulis dan Santi merasa diikuti oleh seorang pencopet ketika mereka sampai di dekat taman, tetapi yang keluar dari semak- semak hanyalah anak kecil yang kelaparan. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa mereka berjalan kaki (on foot). 3. The writer said that it was a heart beating experience because. A. she met a hungry kid B. a hungry kid followed her C. she gave some money to a hungry kid D. someone who she thought was as a pickpocket or a freak followed her Jawaban: D Dalam cerita tersebut, penulis menggambarkan pengalamannya sebagai pengalaman yang mendebarkan. Semula ia takut karena merasa diikuti oleh seorang pencopet atau penjahat, tetapi ternyata yang mengikutinya adalah seorang anak kecil yang kelaparan keluar dari semak-semak. Read the text and answer questions 4 to 6. English, by Beautiful Girl During English today, we were finishing our book projects. My group (made up of Zack, Will and Ryan) were making a poster about our book. We, I mean they picked a killing seen. So we made a poster about it. As we were drawing, Zack, Will and I had the most weird conversation ever. They said that boys have the harder life. And I disagreed. It was a weird conversation to have with guys, but it was fun. If that s possible. Adapted from: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 71

79 4. The writer was finishing with her friends, Zack, Will and Ryan. A. an art project B. a drawing project C. their book project D. their group project Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama teks tersebut, yaitu During English today, we were finishing our book projects.. 5. So we made a poster about it. The word it refers to. A. English B. a killing seen C. a poster D. a book Jawaban: B Kata it tersebut mengacu pada kata benda yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu We, I mean they picked a killing seen. dan kata bendanya adalah a killing seen. 6. It was a weird conversation to have with guys,.... The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. fun B. spooky C. strange D. confusing Jawaban: C Kata weird dan strange artinya sama, yaitu aneh. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya menyenangkan, (B) artinya menyeramkan, dan (D) artinya membingungkan. Read the text and answer questions 7 and 8. Rise up this morning smiled with the rising sun So you think we re nothing but strangers. Just a shame you don t or ever will know the truth. Always been the girl you ve never noticed, and now I m the only girl you see. How do I tell you this? There s going to be so many consequences. Losing you, not knowing who I am anymore, feeling like it was all just a big joke that back fired. It wasn t supposed to turn out this way. - Kelsie Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 < 7. Kelsie felt when she wrote that diary. A. sad B. happy C. satisfied D. anxious Jawaban: A Berdasarkan isi buku harian itu, perasan Kelsie saat itu sedang sedih. Hal ini dapat disimpulkan kalimat pertama dan kedua yang artinya Jadi kamu pikir kita ini bukan apa-apa, hanya seperti orang asing. Memalukan kalau kamu tidak akan pernah tahu yang sesungguhnya/sebenarnya. dan kalimat terakhir yang artinya Seharusnya tidak berakhir seperti ini.. 8. Kelsie addressed that text to. A. her friend B. her parents C. her sister D. her boyfriend Jawaban: C Berdasarkan isinya, buku harian ini merupakan ungkapan perasaan Kelsie kepada seseorang yang telah memutuskannya. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat Losing you, not knowing who I am anymore, feeling like it was all just a big joke that back fired. yang artinya Kehilangan kamu, tidak tahu lagi siapa aku ini, aku merasa semua ini hanya seperti lelucon yang dikeluarkan kembali. 72 UNIT 1 Narratives

80 A. Finish the following diary using your own words I arrived home from school. No one was at home. I felt tired and hungry. Nothing on the dining table. Where s mom? B. Write your own diary based on your one-week activity. Write your own imaginative story. Share your work to the class. Read and memorize the words. Use the words whenever you speak English. apparently : rupanya enchant : memikat, menawan jealous : iri mushroom : jamur orphan : anak yatim poison : racun stingy : kikir tide : ombak to allow : mengizinkan to chase : mengejar to engulf : menelan, melanda to grind : menggerinda to heal : menyembuhkan to improve : meningkatkan to inform : memberi tahu to limit : membatasi to look around: jalan-jalan to marry : menikahi to mingle : bergaul, berkumpul to pass away : meninggal to play truant : membolos to pound : menumbuk to run away : melarikan diri to rush : bersegera to spoil : memanjakan vast : sangat luas veil : kerudung PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 73

81 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the following dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Emily : Have you heard the news, Laila? Laila : What news, Emily? Emily : Tasikmalaya was hit by an earthquake! And... about seventy people died. Laila : Are you kidding me? Emily : No! You can watch the news on TV this evening. Laila : It s a big tragedy. I wish the best for them. 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. An earthquake that happened in Tasikmalaya. B. The victims of an earthquake. C. The evening TV news. D. Poor people in Tasikmalaya. Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai ucapan Emily, Tasikmalaya was hit by an earthquake! And... about seventy people died. yang artinya Tasikmalaya diguncang gempa. Dan... sekitar tujuh puluh orang meninggal.. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C) hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung, sedangkan (D) tidak dijelaskan dalam percakapan. 2. What does Emily say to inform Laila about the surprising news? A. Hey, what s up? B. Have you heard the news, Laila? C. Are you kidding me? D. It s a big tragedy. Jawaban: B Ungkapan untuk menyampaikan berita biasanya diucapkan pada awal percakapan, yaitu ketika Emily bertanya kepada Laila apakah ia sudah mengetahui berita terbaru. Ia menyampaikannya dengan berkata Have you heard the news, Laila? yang artinya Sudahkah kamu mendengar berita, Laila?. Read the text and answer text and answer questions 3 to 5. Olih and his mother loved helping people; although, they were poor. That s why, people loved them because they were not only kind but also generous. One evening, there were seven old women came to their house. They asked for food and a place to stay. Olih and his mother gave them food and let those women stay with them. They were very thankful to Olih and his mother because of their generosity. In the morning, Olih s mother asked him to wake those women up. Suddenly, Olih screamed. Mom, please come here! Olih s mother rushed to the bedroom and found abundant rice. The seven old women were not there. Instead, there was a beautiful little girl. She told Olih and his mother that her father had sent her to their house. He had asked her to give delicious rice as a refund for their kindness. They called the rice beras pulut or glutinous rice, which means sticky and delicious rice. Olih and his mother did not forget to give some rice to their neighbors. Adapted from: August 10, 2009 < indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/ North%20Sumatra> 3. What is the text about? A. A good boy. B. A good little girl. C. Seven old poor women. D. A generous mother and her son. Jawaban: D Teks tersebut menceritakan kehidupan Olih dan ibunya yang baik hati, meskipun mereka miskin. Pada akhir cerita, mereka mendapat beras yang sangat melimpah karena kebaikannya itu. Jadi, cerita tersebut menceritakan tentang ibu dan anak laki-lakinya yang baik hati. 4. Olih s mother rushed to the bedroom and found abundant rice. (Paragraph 3) The underlined word has a similar meaning to. A. few B. less than C. plenty D. more than 74 UNIT 1 Narratives

82 Jawaban: C Kata abundant artinya melimpah. Pilihan jawaban yang mempunyai arti sama dengan kata itu adalah plenty yang artinya banyak sekali. Pilihan jawaban lain salah karena maknanya berbeda. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya sedikit, (B) artinya kurang dari, dan (D) artinya lebih dari. 5. Which is NOT TRUE according to the story? A. Olih and her mother were stingy. B. That little girl was very generous. C. No one helped those old women. D. Those seven women thanked Olih because of his kindness. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan isi cerita. Pilihan jawaban (A) tersebut artinya Olih dan ibunya kikir. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8. The Wolf and The Goat A wolf saw a goat grazing at the edge of a high cliff. The wolf smacked his lips at the thought of a fine goat dinner. My dear friend, said the wolf in his sweetest voice, aren t you afraid you will fall down from that cliff? Come down here and graze on this fine grass beside me on safe, level ground. No, thank you, said the goat. Well then, said the wolf, aren t you cold up there in the wind? You would be warmer grazing down here beside me in this sheltered area. No, thank you, said the goat. But the grass tastes better down here! said the exasperated wolf, Why dine alone? My dear wolf, the goat finally said, are you quite sure that it is my dinner you are worrying about and not your own? 6. Aren t you cold up there in the wind? The word there refers to. A. a high cliff B. a sheltered area C. grass D. ground Jawaban: A Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama cerita tersebut, A wolf saw a goat grazing at the edge of a high cliff. yang artinya Seekor serigala melihat seekor kambing sedang merumput di tepi tebing yang tinggi.. Jadi, yang dimaksud there adalah tempat di mana kambing itu merumput, yaitu tebing tinggi (high cliff). 7. What can we learn from the story above? A. Don t look down to other creatures. B. Don t easily believe in well behaved creatures. C. Don t judge others by their appearance. D. Don t easily beat other creatures. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini artinya jangan mudah percaya pada tingkah laku baik orang/ makhluk lain. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan isi cerita tersebut. Kambing itu gagal dimangsa serigala karena ia sadar atas rayuan dan tipuan serigala itu. Kesimpulannya, ia tidak begitu saja percaya kata-kata manis sang serigala, sehingga ia selamat. 8. From the story we know. A. the goat was very hungry B. the wolf was a helpful animal C. the wolf was eager to eat the goat D. the goat was going to fight with the wolf Ujian Nasional 2008/2009 Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan isi cerita tersebut. Serigala itu mau memangsa kambing yang sedang merumput di pinggir tebing yang tinggi. Ia pun melancarkan tipuan dan rayuan beberapa kali agar kambing itu mau mendekat, meskipun akhirnya ia gagal. For questions 9 and 10, choose the correct words to complete the sentence. By the time that wicked witch (9) the stone with her magical power, Luby (10) out of the cave already. 9. A. smashed B. smashes C. has smashed D. had smashed PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 75

83 Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban (A) yang berbentuk the simple past tense benar karena kejadian itu terjadi setelah Luby lari keluar gua. 10. A. runs B. ran C. has run D. had run Jawaban: D Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan dua peristiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau. Peristiwa yang terjadi terlebih dahulu menggunakan the past perfect dan peristiwa berikutnya menggunakan the simple past tense. Jadi, pilihan yang benar adalah kata dalam bentuk the past perfect tense (had run) karena peristiwa ini terjadi terlebih dahulu. Read the text and answer questions 11 and 12. Weather Watch By Dave Mountjoy The weather really has its say On when and where we go to play Outside or in, it makes you choose, Which clothes to wear or toys to use. In summer, outside is the choice The sunshine lets our hearts rejoice, To leap and jump and act the clown Until, at last, the sun goes down. In winter, more inside you stay, For shorter is the light of day, Unless of course, it starts to snow When wrapped up, outside must you go. But anytime of year is fun, The cold, the rain, the shining sun There s always lots of things to do A favorite game, or something new. Source: Dave Mountjoy, August 10, 2009 < goodnightstories.com/read/poem104.htm 11. According to the poem, people will wear when they go out in winter. A. thin clothes B. casual clothes C. T-shirts D. thick clothes Jawaban: D Berdasarkan kalimat terakhir pada bait ketiga, yaitu When wrapped up, outside must you go. yang artinya Ketika berbaju hangat, Anda pasti akan pergi ke luar.. Itu berarti orang-orang akan memakai baju tebal selama musim dingin pada saat mereka pergi. 12. In his poem, the writer tries to tell us about. A. what people can do according to the weather B. what people shall do anytime of the year C. two seasons of the year, summer and winter D. the benefit of the weather forecast Jawaban: A Isi puisi tersebut dapat disimpulkan dari bait pertama yang artinya Cuaca mampu menjelaskan waktu dan tempat kita dapat bermain, di luar atau di dalam kamulah yang memilih, pakaian mana yang harus dikenakan atau mainan manakah yang akan digunakan.. Kesimpulannya dengan puisi itu penulis mencoba memberi tahu tentang apa yang bisa dilakukan orang sesuai dengan cuaca. 13. Belgium heard Javanese Mr. Reinhard furniture antique would I wooden sell carved to The proper arrangement is. A B C D Jawaban: C Susunan kata yang benar sehingga menjadi kalimat yang bermakna adalah I heard Mr. Reinhard would sell antique Javanese wooden carved furniture to Belgium. yang artinya Saya dengar Pak Reinhard akan menjual perabot kayu berukir antik model Jawa ke Belgia.. 76 UNIT 1 Narratives

84 Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 18. What Happened? By kiki_bunny My life seems to be doing a complete u-turn. In elementary, I rarely talked; middle school, I talked more; but this year... it seems I just can t make myself heard. I don t know what to do anymore. It seems that whenever I try and talk,... I m just ignored. I just don t think I can survive anymore.... Why do these things always happen to me? I make friends easily, but then I lose them just as fast. Why? It s a question I ask a lot lately, but it is never answered. Well, I guess I m going to go now. Jackie Lynn Source: Jackie Lynn, September 7, 2009, A free online diary < 14. Which is TRUE according to the poem? A. The writer loved talking in public. B. The writer was hopeless in making friends. C. The writer was happy when she was in elementary school. D. Everyone listened to the writer when she was talking to them. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat I make friends easily, but then I lose them just as fast. yang artinya Saya mudah mencari teman, tetapi kemudian saya cepat kehilangan mereka.. Berdasarkan kalimat itu, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis itu putus asa dalam hal pertemanan. 15. It seems that whenever I try and talk,... I m just ignored. This statement means. A. no one listened to her B. her friends cared for her C. the writer tried to listen to her friend when they were talking D. the writer was talking to her friends and they were willing to listen to her Jawaban: A Pernyataan itu artinya Tampaknya, kapan pun aku berusaha dan berbicara,... aku diabaikan. Itu sama artinya tak seorang pun mendengarkannya (no one listened to her). Amelia s house was in a quiet place. It was a hilly village. The garden of her house was very beautiful. Flowers with various colors grew there. Amelia grew some roses. She s a nature lover. One day Amelia closed her book. She felt tired after studying hard. She stood by the window. She could see the mountain from there. It was beautiful with its bluish green color. How beautiful! How wonderful it would be if I could reach the top of that mountain without climbing. If you want to fly up there, follow me, said a soft voice. Amelia was surprised. Who are you? Why did you come in without permission? My name is Yuli. My home is a bit far from here. I want to be your friend, Amelia, said the girl. You know my name? said Amelia. I often hear your mother calling you, Yuli answered. She reached out her hand to Amelia. Amelia shook Yuli s hand. Why is your hand so cold? Are you ill? asked Amelia, worried. I haven t been to school for a few days, said Yuli. If you were sick, why aren t you in bed now? asked Amelia. The fresh air will make me better, Amelia, said Yuli pulled Amelia s hand. She wanted Amelia to follow her. Oh, no. I cannot go now. I must do my homework. How about tomorrow? My mother will make some delicious cakes for me. You must taste some, Yuli, said Amelia. Thanks, Amelia. You are so kind. Yuli waved to Amelia and then she was gone. Amelia s mother was puzzled to see her daughter talking alone. 16. What does the story tell you about? A. A mysterious girl. B. Amelia s new friend. C. A little girl in a village. D. A quiet place in a village. Jawaban: B Cerita tersebut menceritakan tentang kehadiran teman baru Amelia, yaitu Yuli. Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena tokoh utama cerita tersebut adalah Amelia PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 77

85 (bukan gadis misterius). Pilihan jawaban (C) dan (D) salah karena tidak disebutkan dalam teks. 17. The first paragraph is about. A. the dream of Amelia B. the setting place of the story C. how the story happened D. the problem faced by Amelia Jawaban: B Bagian awal suatu cerita (narrative) disebut orientasi. Bagian ini menceritakan siapa, di mana, dan kapan suatu cerita terjadi. Paragraf satu teks tersebut menceritakan keadaan rumah Amelia. Jadi, paragraf itu menceritakan latar tempat (the setting of place) cerita tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak terdapat dalam paragraf satu make some delicious cakes for me. The word delicious means. A. bad smell B. nice taste C. bitter taste D. stale flavor Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: B Kata delicious artinya enak atau nikmat. Kata yang bermakna sama dengan kata delicious adalah (B) nice taste yang artinya enak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena memiliki makna berlawanan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya berbau tidak sedap, (C) artinya berasa pahit, dan (D) artinya berasa basi. Read the text and answer questions 19 and 20. I wanna talk, by Vivian New semester, I m in my junior year in university. Sometimes, I get disappointed at the life cuz it isn t what I think. Well I m not complaining anything. It s meaningless. My parents pay for my tuition. Honestly, I really appreciate that. Cuz it doesn t really matter if I have a part time job. They deal with everything. I feel quite lucky. But we re not rich either. This September I started to save. I ll save for emergency, for next summer, for two years later. Cuz I ll go abroad afterwards. To visit some places like Europe. I secretly called it graduation-trip-on-myown. Ha... ha... my parents dunno that. Well the last entry I mentioned 10 months means I ll travell by my own next summer. To learn to be real independent. I ll keep my diary fo sho summer is gonna finish. I m going back to school this Friday. Source: Vivian, September 7, 2009, A free online diary < 19. There are some abbreviations in that diary. Some of them are cuz which means because, dunno which means and fo sho which means for sure. A. do now B. do know C. don t know D. don t now Jawaban: C Menurut konteks kalimat, kata dunno tersebut artinya don t know. Jadi, kalimat Ha... ha... my parents dunno that. artinya Ha... ha... kedua orang tuaku tidak mengetahuinya.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena maknanya tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. 20. The writer tries to save money for. A. paying her tuition B. paying her boarding house C. going abroad D. her independent life 78 UNIT 1 Narratives

86 Jawaban: C Pilihan ini sesuai dengan tulisan dalam buku harian bait ketiga, This September I started to save. I ll save for emergency, for next summer, for two years later. Cuz I ll go abroad afterwards. yang artinya September ini aku akan mulai menabung. Aku akan menabung untuk keperluan mendadak, untuk musim panas berikutnya, untuk dua tahun yang akan datang. Karena aku akan pergi ke luar negeri setelahnya.. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang sesuai dengan kalimat tersebut adalah going abroad (pergi ke luar negeri). B. Write a diary which tells one of the occasions you experienced yesterday. Contoh jawaban: What a day! I had two tests. All were hard to do, but I had done them my best. Hope get good marks. On way home, my tire was flat. No money left! I had to walk home. 5 kilometers far! I arrived home sweaty, thirsty, hungry and... tired. Put off my shoes, changed clothes, washed my hands and feet. I went to the dining room, took my lunch. Took a nap after that. What a day! Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 79

87 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Gerry: You must listen to this, Dewa! Dewa: Gerry: Dewa: What is it? You look serious. Harris got a parrot from his uncle! And you know, it can say hello, good morning, goodbye, and even sing Indonesia Raya. I can t believe it! 1. What is the dialog about? A. Harris uncle. B. Harris uncle s parrot. C. Harris parrot. D. A clever parrot. 2. What does Dewa say to respond to Gerry s information? A. You must listen to this! B. I can t believe it! C. You look serious. D. And you know, it can say hello, good morning, goodbye, and even sing Indonesia Raya. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Mbok Rondo went fishing one morning. Today was not her lucky day because she couldn t get any fish. However, she didn t give up. After a moment, she caught a golden snail on her net, and she took it home. She was amazed at the snail, so she put it in a jar. The next morning, she went to the river to catch fish. She went home in the afternoon. On her amazement, she found her house clean and tidy. She also found some food on the dining table. She wondered who did all the things. 3. What is the suitable title of the story? A. Keong Mas. B. Mbok Rondo. C. A Lonely Old Woman. D. An Invisible Creature. 4. She was amazed at the snail, so she put it in a jar. What does the underlined word refer to? A. A fishing net. B. The fish. C. The river. D. The snail. 5. However, she didn t give up. The underlined phrase can be best replaced by. A. accept B. reject C. surrender D. deliver Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8. Once upon a time there lived a kind-hearted man and his wife. One morning, his wife found a poor little sparrow. She took it gently and fed it. To show its gratitude, the sparrow stayed with them and sang every morning. But there was an ill-tempered old woman who didn t like the sparrow. She cut the sparrow s tongue. That s why the bird returned to its previous nest. Knowing that their sparrow flew away, the kind man and woman looked for their sparrow. They walked a long way, crossed the bridge, climbed a mountain, and passed the wood. Not long afterwards, they found the sparrow s nest. The sparrow welcomed them and provided a feast for them. Before they went home, the sparrow brought two baskets, one was large and looked heavy, and the other one was small and light. The sparrow asked them to choose one. They chose the small one. And that was the best choice. There were many rolls of silk and piles of gold in it. Being jealous, the ill-tempered old woman did the same thing as the kind man and woman did. However, she chose the big basket which actually contained wasps and venomous crawlers, such as scorpions, centipedes and other horrible creatures. Finally, they stung and bit her to death. Source: January 20, 2005 < > 80 UNIT 1 Narratives

88 6. What is the purpose of the text? A. To describe something. B. To inform something. C. To entertain the readers. D. To report something. 7. What happened to the sparrow in the text? A. It lived with the kind-hearted couple forever. B. An ill-tempered woman cut its tongue. C. An ill-tempered woman cut its leg. D. It was killed. 8. What is the resolution of this story? A. A kind-hearted woman found a poor little sparrow. B. An ill-tempered woman cut the sparrow s tongue. C. The horrible creatures stung and bit the ill-tempered old woman to death. D. The kind-hearted man and woman looked for the sparrow. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Read the text and answer questions 9 to 11. A long time ago, there lived a fisherman. One day he had been fishing all day, but he did not catch anything. In the evening, he caught a very small fish. The fish said, Please don t eat me. Please, I m too small to make you a good dinner. Please, throw me back to the water. Later, when I grow bigger, you come back and catch me again. No, said the fisherman. I am going to keep you. If you get back into the water, you will take very good care, and you will never come near me again. Then, the fisherman put the poor little fish in his pond at the backyard. When the fish grew biggger, it became a good friend of the fisherman. He never wanted to eat the fish. 10. Below are what the fish asked the fisherman to do, except. A. not to eat him B. to throw him back to the water C. to come back and catch him again when he grew bigger D. to make him a good dinner 11. What did the fisherman do to the fish? A. He took care of the fish. B. He ate him. C. He sold him. D. He gave him to another person. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13. The Sea (By Viki Reichova) The sea is quite wavy, When it is storming, it is crazy, The fishermen fish for food, By the sandy shore at dawn or night, The fish are slimy, They jump in the boat, The sea is quite wavy! Source: Viki Reichova, August 10, 2009 < goodnightstories.com/read/poem118.htm> 12. They jump in the boat, (line 6) The word they refers to. A. the fishermen B. the fish C. the dawn or night D. the food 13. According to the poem, the fishermen go fishing. A. at day break or in the morning B. in the evening or at night C. in the afternoon or at night D. at day break or at night 9. What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell how to do something step by step. B. To entertain the readers. C. To tell past events. D. To describe a person or a place. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 81

89 Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15. Didn t talk, by kiki_bunny :59:32 I didn t talk at all to Will today or yesterday. I don t know why, but I just didn t want to...i was avoiding him and I think I know why.... I have never held a secret this big from my mom before. It makes me want to cry because I keep pushing her out of my life. She keeps slipping farther and farther away. I don t know if I will be able to keep this up. It just gets so hard sometimes... I wish I knew what to do. Well, short entry for today I guess. Bye. Jackie Lynn Adapted from: kiki_bunny23, September 7, 2009 <A free online diary According to the text, Jackie s relation to her mother is. A. not good enough B. very close C. not too close D. very bad 15. Jackie was when she wrote the diary. A. confused B. touched C. happy D. cheerful Read the text and answer questions 16 and 17. Hope or Despair, by Vivian My friend B and I, we re talking abt economic crisis. What are we gonna do in the future? That s terrible, cuz it s hard to find a new job nowadays. I dun even know what to do after graduating from college. omg 16. There some abbreviations in that diary. The word abt means about, cuz means and dun means don t. A. because B. case C. cost D. course we re talking abt economic crisis. What does the underlined word refer to? A. The readers. B. The writer s friends. C. The writer s parents. D. The writer and her friend B. For questions 18 and 19, choose the correct words to complete the text. I used to have a close friend in elementary school, Jaya or Jay. I haven t met him for years. However, I met him on my friend s party yesterday. I (18) because my friend (19) me before. 18. A. surprised B. am surprised C. was surprised D. had been surprised 19. A. isn t telling B. didn t tell C. hasn t told D. hadn t told 20. shiny father secondhand this afternoon black car bought Japanese a The proper arrangement is. A B C D B. Rewrite a story that you have ever read. Source: Vivian, A free online diary, September 7, 2009 < 82 UNIT 1 Narratives

90 Jawaban Review Unit 1 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. C. Pada percakapan itu, Gerry memberi tahu Dewa bahwa Harris mendapat burung kakaktua dari pamannya. Ia juga menyampaikan kepandaian burung tersebut. Jadi, Gerry dan Dewa membicarakan tentang burung kakaktua Harris. 2. B. Gerry menyampaikan kabar bahwa Harris mendapat burung kakaktua yang bisa menyapa dan bernyanyi. Dewa merespons dengan mengatakan, I can t believe it!. 3. A. Pada teks tersebut diceritakan tentang Mbok Rondo yang menangkap keong mas dan kegiatan yang dilakukan Keong Mas di rumah Mbok Rondo. Jadi, judul yang sesuai untuk cerita tersebut adalah Keong Mas. 4. D. Kata it merupakan kata ganti benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya adalah the snail. Jadi, kata it tersebut mengacu pada the snail. 5. C. Kata give up artinya menyerah. Pilihan jawaban yang memiliki makna menyerah adalah surrender. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menerima, (B) artinya menolak, dan (D) artinya menyerahkan. 6. C. Teks ini berbentuk naratif yang disimpulkan, dari frasa once upon a time yang artinya pada zaman dahulu kala. Tujuan sebuah teks naratif adalah untuk menghibur pembaca (to entertain the readers), sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu, (B) artinya untuk menginformasikan sesuatu, dan (D) artinya untuk melaporkan sesuatu. 7. B. Kalimat kelima dan keenam paragraf pertama adalah But there was an illtempered old woman who didn t like the sparrow. She cut the sparrow s tongue. yang artinya Namun, ada seorang wanita tua yang jahat yang tidak menyukai burung pipit itu. Ia memotong lidah si burung pipit.. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang terjadi pada burung pipit itu adalah seorang wanita tua yang jahat memotong lidah burung pipit itu (an ill-tempered woman cut its tongue). Pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya burung itu tinggal dengan sepasang suami istri yang baik selamanya, (C) artinya seorang wanita tua yang jahat memotong kaki burung pipit itu, dan (D) artinya burung pipit itu dibunuh. 8. C. Soal menanyakan resolusi, atau penyelesaian konflik masalah. Konflik pada cerita ini diselesaikan dengan adanya makhluk mengerikan yang menyengat dan menggigit wanita tua yang jahat tersebut sampai mati (horrible creatures stung and bit the ill-tempered old woman to death). Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (C). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya seorang wanita yang baik menemukan seekor burung pipit yang malang, (B) artinya seorang wanita tua yang jahat memotong lidah burung pipit itu, dan (D) artinya pria dan wanita yang baik itu mencari burung pipit. 9. B. Teks tersebut berbentuk naratif karena menceritakan hal-hal yang bersifat khayal, misalnya tentang a talking fish (ikan yang dapat berbicara). Tujuan sebuah cerita naratif adalah untuk menghibur pembaca (to entertain the readers), sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (A) yang artinya untuk memberi tahu cara melakukan sesuatu dengan serangkaian langkah merupakan tujuan sebuah teks procedure, (C) yang artinya untuk menceritakan kejadian masa lalu merupakan tujuan teks recount, dan (D) yang artinya untuk menggambarkan orang atau tempat merupakan tujuan teks deskriptif. 10. D. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat yang diucapkan ikan, yaitu Please don t eat me. Please, I m too small to make you a good dinner. Please, throw me back to the water. Later, when I grow bigger, you come back and catch me again. yang artinya Tolong jangan makan saya. Saya masih terlalu kecil untuk dibuat makan malam yang lezat. Tolong lemparkan saya kembali ke dalam air. Di kemudian hari, saat saya bertambah besar, datanglah kemari dan tangkap saya lagi.. Pilihan jawaban yang bukan permintaan ikan kepada nelayan itu adalah (D) yang artinya untuk menjadikan ikan tersebut makan malam yang lezat. Oleh karena itu, pilihan jawaban yang benar untuk soal pengecualian adalah (D). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan permintaan ikan tersebut. 11. A. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat Then, the fisherman put the poor little fish in his pond at the backyard. yang artinya Kemudian nelayan itu menaruh ikan kecil yang malang itu di kolam di halaman belakang.. Dari sini kita mengetahui bahwa nelayan tersebut merawat ikan malang itu. Oleh karena itu, pilihan PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 83

91 jawaban yang benar adalah (A) He took care of the fish yang artinya dia merawat ikan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. (B) artinya dia memakannya, (C) artinya dia menjualnya, dan (D) artinya dia memberikannya kepada orang lain. 12. B. Kata they tersebut menggantikan kata benda jamak yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu fish. 13. D. Pilihan jawaban ini yang artinya pada saat subuh atau waktu malam ini sesuai dengan baris ketiga dan keempat puisi tersebut, yaitu The fishermen fish for food, dan By the sandy shore at dawn or night,. 14. B. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat I have never held a secret this big from my mom before. It makes me want to cry because I keep pushing her out of my life. yang artinya Sebelumnya saya tidak pernah menyimpan rahasia besar seperti ini dari ibuku. Hal ini membuatku ingin menangis karena aku menjauhkannya dari hidupku.. Berdasarkan kedua kalimat itu, dapat disimpulkan bahwa hubungan Jackie dengan ibunya sangat dekat (very close). 15. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan beberapa kalimat dalam puisi tersebut, yaitu I don t know why, but I just didn t want to... I was avoiding him and I think I know why.... yang artinya Saya tidak tahu mengapa, tetapi saya hanya tidak ingin.... Saya mengindarinya dan saya rasa saya tahu mengapa.... dan I wish I knew what to do. yang artinya Saya harap saya tahu apa yang harus saya lakukan. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Jackie dalam kondisi bingung (confused) ketika menulis buku harian tersebut. 16. A. Menurut konteks kalimat, kata cuz tersebut artinya because. Jadi, kalimat That s terrible, cuz it s hard to find a new job nowadays. artinya Sungguh sangat sulit, karena sangat susah memperoleh pekerjaan sekarang ini.. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya masalah, (C) artinya ongkos, dan (D) artinya pelajaran. 17. D. Kata ganti we mengacu pada orang kedua jamak. Kata ini mengacu pada subjek yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu penulis dan temannya yang bernama B pada kalimat My friend B and I, we re talking abt economic crisis C. Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, pernyataan tersebut terjadi pada masa lalu (yesterday), sehingga kalimat itu menggunakan bentuk the simple past tense (was surprised). 19. D. Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan peristiwa yang terjadi lebih dahulu pada masa lampau. Oleh karena itu, kalimat tersebut berbentuk the past perfect tense (hadn t told). 20. C. Susunan kata yang benar sehingga membentuk kalimat yang bermakna adalah Father bought a secondhand shiny black Japanese car this afternoon. B. Esai Contoh jawaban: Nai Manggale Datu Panggana was a famous sculpture who lived in Tapanuli, North Sumatra. He could make any statues from wood. One day, he decided to make a statue of a girl. When it was finished, it turned into a beautiful girl. Datu Panggana put it in front of his house. Unfortunately, it didn t have any clothes yet. One morning, a young merchant, named Bao Partigatiga, who sold jewelleries and clothes, passed Datu Panggana s house. He was impressed by the beauty of the statue. Then, he put on one of the clothes he wanted to sell on the statue. Well, this statue will look more beautiful this way, said he. After that, he left. Another day, a priest and his wife, who had not got any child, passed by. They were also impressed by the beauty of the statue. They decided to pray to God to make her live like a real human so that they could take her as their daughter. God heard their wish, and very soon the statue changed into a beautiful girl. Then, they named her Nai Manggale and took her home. The news about Nai Manggale spread very fast. The priest s neighbors visited the priest s house just to see the girl. They did admire Nai Manggale s beauty. Datu Panggana and Bao Partigatiga also heard the news. Immediately, they decided to come to the priest s house. In the priest s house, those three men started arguing who had to have the girl. Datu Panggana claimed that he made the statue. Bao Partigatiga stated that he gave her the clothes. At last, the priest said that he was the one who prayed to God to make the clothed statue alive. This argument didn t finish until an elderly of the village, named Aji Bahir, gave a solution. He said, You all can have her and have a relationship with her. Datu Panggana, you are her uncle. Bao Partigatiga, you are her brother. And you the priest, you are her father. The three men accepted Aji Bahir s advice. They were happy because they all could ask her to stay in their houses. Besides that, now those three men were related. Adapted from: August 10, 2009 < indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/ 84 UNIT 1 Narratives

92 Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/ paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks. Text 1 Nyi Banjarsari It was a rainy season. The villagers were happy, most of them were farmers. Rain would water their rice field, and soon they would harvest their rice. Pak Bong was one of the farmers. He was also very happy. He wanted to buy some clothes for himself, his wife and his beloved daughter, Nyi Banjarsari. She was a very beautiful girl. Her parents loved her because she was very obedient. One night, Pak Bong had a terrible dream. An old man came to him and said the rain would never stop. There would be a great flood. At first Pak Bong thought it was just a dream, but he had the same dream in the following nights. He decided to tell all the villagers about his dream and asked them to evacuate on a hill not far from their village. Ha ha ha? You are joking, Pak Bong. How can we leave our rice field? We are going to have great harvest, remember? Everybody was laughing at Pak Bong. Pak Bong did not give up. He kept on asking the villagers to evacuate to the hill. Finally, some villagers believed him. Together with his wife and his daughter Nyi Banjarsari, Pak Bong and his friends went to the hill. In the meantime, heavy rain fell days and nights. It continued until water entered the houses. The villagers were sorry they did not listen to Pak Bong and ignored his advice. Soon, the village was drowned! Pak Bong and his friends could not do anything. They were sad because their village was under water. Then, they prayed to God. They asked God how the water dried up from their village. The answer came in Pak Bong s dream. In his dream, the same old man told him how to save their village. If you want the water to dry up, you have to sacrifice your daughter. She has to jump into the water! said the old man. Pak Bong was very sad. He then told his family about his dream. His wife did not agree at all. She did not want to lose her lovely daughter. That s O.K., Mother. If this is the only way to save our village, I would jump into the water, said Nyi Banjarsari. Her parents could not say anything. They could not prevent their daughter from jumping into the water. Slowly, water dried up. Pak Bong and his friends then returned to their village. They built their houses and had their lives back. To show their thankfulness and gratefulness to Nyi Banjarsari, the villagers named their village into Banjarsari. Source: August 10, 2009 < Text 2 The Story of a Sugar Palm Tree A husband and a wife lived happily in a village. They had two children, a son and a daughter. The son s name was Tare Iluh, and the daughter s name was Beru Sibou. Their happy life ended when their father died. Since then their mother worked hard for them. She worked so hard that it made her suffer from a terrible illness. Their mother then died. Later, Tare Iluh and Beru Sibou stayed at their uncle s house. Days passed by and those kids have grown into adults. Tare Iluh decided to find a job in another village. He then left his sister and his uncle. Tare Iluh wanted to make money in a short time. He thought gambling was the answer. He gambled using the money his uncle gave him. At first he won some money. He was so happy and used all the money. Sadly, he lost. All the money he had was gone. He was upset. After that he borrowed money from the villagers, he lost again, and he borrowed some money again. He kept on borrowing some money until he had a lot of debts. When the villagers asked him to pay the debt, Tare Iluh could not pay them. He did not have any money. The villagers were angry. They put him in the jail! PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 85

93 In the mean time, Beru Sibou was waiting for his brother. She was worried because he had not given her any news. Finally, she heard that his brother was in the jail. She rushed to go and wanted to meet her brother. Beru Sibou did not know the way to the village. She was lost in a jungle. She met an old man and asked about his brother. The old man knew that there was a man in the jail because of gambling. He then suggested Beru Sibou to climb a high tree and sang a song about his brother. His brother might hear her song. Beru Sibou then climbed a high tree. She sang a song about his brother. She sang and screamed his brother s name. My brother Tare Iluh? Where are you? The villagers, please release my brother. Nobody listened to the song and that made Beru Sibou frustrated. She then prayed to God. God, I m willing to pay my brother s debts. I will pay with my tears, my hair, and all parts of my body can be used by the villagers. But please free my brother. Right after she finished praying, heavy storm attacked. And slowly Beru Sibou changed into a tree. It was just not an ordinary tree. All parts of tree were useful. Her tears changed into sweet water. Her hair changed into very strong leaves. People can use them as roof of their houses. The fruits of the tree named kolang kaling are very delicious. People name it as a sugar palm tree or pohon enau. People in other villages name it as pohon aren. Source: August 10, 2009 < Text 3 The Lonely Traffic Light Once upon a time, there was a traffic light... a lonely traffic light. She felt that nobody gave her much attention. Sometimes people would stand by her and push the button for the light to change, and she felt less lonely while they were waiting. But once the light changed, the people would leave and cross the street. At times, when the light was red, the people waiting in the cars would give her their attention as they waited for the light to turn green. That also made her less lonely, but not for long. Once the light turned green, the cars would zoom by without noticing that she existed. Then, the traffic light noticed that there was a little red car that passed by early every morning and again every afternoon. It was a mother and two little kids dropping off their daddy at the train station in the morning and picking him up in the afternoon. Sometimes when the light was red, the two kids would wave to the traffic light, show her their stuffed animals, or stare at her waiting for the light to change. That made her very happy. At other times when the light was green, the car would go right through the intersection, and the little kids wouldn t even look at the light. That made her very sad. The traffic light wanted the attention of the two little children and decided that the next time she saw the car, she would turn herself red. That would give the kids a chance to wave to her or stare at her. She thought the idea sounded very nice, so that was what she did the next morning and afternoon when she saw the red car. After a few days of switching herself, the circuit inside of her pole got messed up and the light stayed on yellow. She tried very hard to switch it to red or green but she just couldn t. The next morning, the repairmen came and opened the little door on the side of her pole. They worked for a couple of hours and found the problem. The switch that she used to turn the light from red to yellow to green had burnt out. In a few minutes they had replaced the bad switch, and the traffic light was back to normal. Now she was again able to stop the red car and see the little children every morning and afternoon. But after a few days the switch burnt out again, and the repairmen had to come out to fix it once more. As they were working, the traffic light could hear them talking to each other. She heard them saying that the traffic light must be getting too old, and that it was really hard for all of the people because it was making traffic jams when she broke down. When she looked up, she saw a huge line of cars all waiting and honking. All of the people in them were very upset because they couldn t get where they needed to go. It was then that the traffic light realized how important she was to all of the people in their cars. She had always thought that they were simply ignoring her when they drove away, but now she knew that without her no one would be able to drive anywhere. Then, she felt very bad that she had caused all of these problems. The traffic light did not want to make people unhappy, so she decided that from now on she would only switch herself from green to red when it was the proper time so that her switch wouldn t burn out too soon. She thought of how happy it made people when she was working properly, and she knew that she would still see the kids every day, even if it was for only a few seconds. That made her very happy, and from that day on she was never lonely again. Source: August 10, 2009 < 86 UNIT 1 Narratives

94 Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Rina : It s a hot news. Have you heard about it? Sifa : Not yet. What news? Rina : Susi a new dress for the party. Sifa : Really? Rina : Yes. I saw it yesterday. It s beautiful! A. will make B is making C. can make D. has made Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 Jawaban: D Kalimat Susi tersebut menjelaskan pentingnya hasil dari suatu kegiatan yang dilakukan pada waktu lampau dan masih ada hubungannya dengan waktu sekarang. Oleh karena itu, kalimat yang diucap Susi tersebut menggunakan the present perfect tense (has/have + past participle). 2. Rafi : Did you watch the tennis match on TV? Akmal: Yes. Serena Williams won it. Rafi : Really? Akmal: Yes, she played. A. calmly B. carelessly C. slowly D. wonderfully Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 Jawaban: D Berdasarkan isi percakapan itu, diketahui bahwa Serena Williams memenangkan pertandingan tenis. Oleh karena itu, ketika ia bertanding, tentu saja ia melakukannya dengan baik/mengagumkan (wonderfully). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya dengan tenang, (B) artinya dengan sembrono, dan (C) artinya dengan pelan-pelan. Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Maid 1 : Did you hear that the wicked lady had broken her big mirror? Maid 2 : No, I didn t. How come? Maid 1 : She was angry when the mirror replied her question. Maid 2 : What did it say? Maid 1 : It said that there was a girl who was much beautiful than she was. Maid 2 : It is not surprising. 3. Maid 1 and Maid 2 are talking about. A. a broken mirror B. a beautiful girl C. a wicked lady s behavior D. a mirror that can talk Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Maid 1 di awal percakapan, yaitu Did you hear that the wicked lady had broken her big mirror? yang artinya Sudahkah kamu mendengar bahwa wanita jahat itu telah memecahkan cermin besarnya?. Ucapan-ucapan berikutnya merupakan gagasan pendukung dari ucapan tersebut. 4. She was angry when the mirror replied her question. The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. answered B. questioned C. claimed D. explained Jawaban: A Kata replied dan answered mempunyai arti yang sama, yaitu menjawab. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya bertanya atau menanyai, (C) artinya menuntut atau meminta, dan (D) artinya menjelaskan. Read the text and answer questions 5 and 6. I am a mouse. My name is Niblet. I live in a little hole in a house. Living in the house is a man, a woman, a boy and a girl. I like the two children a lot. They always leave crumbs behind and I get to eat them when everyone is asleep. They also have cool little toys. Some of the toys are good for my home so I borrow them and use them in my house. Last week I found a little chair, just big enough for me. It fits so nicely in my living room. Source: August 10, 2009 < read/imouse.htm> 5. What can you learn from the story? A. We should be grateful. B. We should let garbage or toys scatter around. C. We should keep the house clean. D. We should be good to other people by lending them what they need. Jawaban: C Tokoh utama cerita tersebut adalah seekor tikus bernama Niblet. Ia suka makan makanan yang berserakan dan mengambil mainan PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 87

95 penghuni rumah itu. Kesimpulannya, kita harus menjaga rumah kita tetap bersih (we should keep the house clean) agar tikus tidak berkeliaran di rumah kita. 6. They also have cool little toys. The word they refers to. A. crumbs B. the two children C. cool little toys D. a man and a woman Jawaban: B Kata they tersebut mengacu pada kata ganti orang jamak yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat sebelumnya, I like the two children a lot., yaitu the two children. Read the text and answer questions 7 to 9. Once upon a time, people in Kawar Village were happy. They held and enjoyed a party because of their best harvest. They were singing, laughing, and eating delicious food, except an old woman who still stayed in her house. She is too old and weak to go to the party. Her son and her daughter-in-law did not take her there. At home, the old woman felt very sad and lonely. She was hungry, but she found no food in the kitchen. Her daughter-in-law did not cook that day. At the party, the son asked her wife to take some food from the party to his mother at home. His wife did so. Then, she asked her son to deliver it. The old woman was so happy that she finally got something to eat. However, her happiness turned into sadness because she found that someone had eaten the food. There was only little rice left. The fish just had the bones. She couldnot stay any longer. She cried and cried. She thought her son had disrespected and neglected her. The old woman did not know that it was her grandson who had eaten the food. He did that on the way from the party to the house. In her anger, the old woman cursed her son. Suddenly, there was a great earthquake! Thunder struck the village and heavy rain started to fall. Slowly, the field turned into a lake. Finally, the whole village turned into a big lake. People named the lake Lau Kawar. Adapted from: August 10, 2009 < indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/north%20sumatra 7. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the story? A. Kawar people were happy because they got good crops. B. Kawar people were singing, laughing, and eating delicious food during the party. C. There was one old woman who was neglected by her family. She didn t come to the party. D. A little boy cried and cried because someone ate his lunch. Jawaban: D Pernyataan ini tidak sesuai dengan kalimat However, her happiness turned into sadness because she found that someone had eaten the food..... She couldnot stay any longer. She cried and cried. yang artinya Namun, kebahagiannya berubah menjadi kesedihan karena ia mendapati seseorang telah memakan makanan itu..... Ia sudah tidak tahan lagi. Ia menangis dan menangis.. Jadi, yang menangis adalah wanita tua itu, bukan seorang anak kecil. 8. That the old woman cursed her son because he had neglected her is the main idea of paragraph. A. one B. two C. three D. four Jawaban: D Saat wanita tua itu mengutuk anak laki-lakinya karena telah menelantarkannya terdapat pada paragraf empat. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama paragraf tersebut. 9. The story is about. A. the legend of Lau Kawar B. a poor old woman C. rich people of Kawar D. Kawar people s harvesting party Jawaban: A Cerita tersebut menjelaskan terjadinya Danau Kawar. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir teks, yaitu People named the lake Lau Kawar.. Jadi, cerita itu tentang legenda Danau Kawar. Read the poem and answer questions 10 and 11. Caterpillar ~Christina Rossetti Brown and furry Caterpillar in a hurry, Take your walk To the shady leaf, or stalk, Or what not, Which may be the chosen spot. No toad spy you, Hovering bird of prey pass by you; Spin and die, To live again a butterfly. Source: Christina Rossetti, September 9, 2009 < Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

96 10. What is the caterpillar doing? A. Walking fast to find food. B. Hiding under a shady leaf from toad or bird. C. Finding a place to spin and die to live again as a butterfly. D. Running from a furrious toad and bird, and then hiding under a shady leaf. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan gagasan pokok puisi itu, yaitu ulat coklat itu buru-buru mencari tempat di daun atau tangkai daun, kemudian mengalami siklus mati dan hidup lagi sebagai kupu-kupu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung. 11. Staying in the air in one place means. A. furry B. to hover C. to spin D. stalk Jawaban: B Frasa itu artinya berada di udara pada satu tempat. Frasa itu merupakan penjelasan dari makna kata to hover yang artinya melayanglayang. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya marah, (C) artinya memutar, dan (D) artinya tangkai daun. Read the dialog and answer questions 12 and 13. Iyok : Do you know that this country claims another of our cultural heritage? Titi : Again? It s so embarrassing! Iyok : That s right. I m just thinking why it happens many times. Titi : Well, we must keep and preserve our cultural heritage. Iyok : I agree. 12. Iyok said, Do you know that this country claims another of our cultural heritage? What does it mean? A. He asks for information. B. He responds to interesting news. C. He asks for an opinion. D. He tells interesting news. Jawaban: D Ucapan Iyok yang berarti Apakah kamu tahu bahwa negara ini mengklaim satu lagi warisan budaya kita?. Kalimat itu dimaksudkan untuk memberi tahu Titi tentang berita yang menarik (tell interesting news). 13. Titi said, It s so embarrassing. It means. A. not keeping cultural heritage is so embarrassing B. thinking of another country s cultural heritage is so embarrassing C. claiming another country s cultural heritage is so embarrassing D. thinking of our cultural heritage is so embarrassing Jawaban: C Titi mengucapkan pernyataan tersebut sebagai respons atas pemberitahuan Iyok yang mengatakan bahwa negara itu mengklaim warisan budaya kita. Oleh karena itu, maksud pernyataan Titi tersebut adalah mengklaim warisan budaya negara lain (yaitu warisan budaya negara kita oleh negara lain) adalah sangat memalukan. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16. Once upon a time in West Sumatra, a widow took her two children to a party. Her children, a boy and a girl, were very happy. They wore beautiful clothes to the party. They found delicious foods, and saw many guests in the party. The children were having a great time. There was also a traditional music show. The show crowded with people. The children asked their mother if they could see the music show which was located a few meters away. Yes, you two may go there. But please remember, don t go too far, said the mother. The children ran to the stage where the music show was performed. They enjoyed the music, but soon they were bored for just watching the show. So they took a walk around the stage. They forgot their mother s message not to go too far. After a while, they saw a pond. The water was very clear and fresh. Because the sun was very hot, they were tempted to play in the water. So they took off their clothes and jumped into the water. They swam together happily. It felt so fresh! Meanwhile, the party was almost over. The mother remembered her two children. She felt so desperate because she could not find them. The day turned into night. The children were still missing. The mother only cried and cried, and she went home without her children. After a long hour of crying, she fell asleep and had a dream about her children. In her dream, she met an old woman. The old woman told her, Your children are in the pond near the party house. If you want to see them, throw a handful of rice into the pond. Your children will appear. As soon as she woke up, she quickly ran to the pond. She also had a handful of rice in her hand. When she reached the pond, she threw the rice into the pond and called out her children s names. The dream came true! Two big fish with beautiful colors appeared in the pond. The mother cried when she saw them. Her children had turned into big beautiful PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 89

97 fish because they disobeyed their mother s message. The mother cried and cried again. All the people of the village cheered her up, but she was still very sad. The village where the pond was located is now called Desa Sungai Jernih. It is called so because the water in the pond is very clear. Desa Sungai Jernih is located in the northern part of Nagari Baso, in Agam Regency, West Sumatra. The name of the village also reminds people today in West Sumatra that it is important to obey our parents. Source: August 10, 2009 < search/label/west%20sumatra> 14. The text is about. A. two good children B. the legend of Desa Sungai Jernih C. a poor woman with her two children D. the description of a sacred pond in Desa Sungai Jernih, West Sumatra Jawaban: B Narratives mempunyai tiga atau empat elemen, yaitu orientation, complication, resolution dan reorientation. Orientation menjelaskan tokohtokoh yang terlibat di dalam cerita, tempat, dan waktu terjadinya peristiwa. Complication menjelaskan permasalahan yang terjadi dalam cerita. Resolution menjelaskan akhir cerita yang berisi jalan keluar atas permasalahan yang terjadi. Reorientation menjelaskan komentar penulis atau nilai moral cerita. Pada cerita di atas, bagian reorientation menjelaskan nama tempat letak kolam tersebut, yaitu Desa Sungai Jernih. Kesimpulannya, cerita tersebut tentang legenda Desa Sungai Jernih. 15. The main idea of paragraph six is. A. how the mother found her children B. how the mother felt about her children C. what news the mother got in her dream D. where those children went Jawaban: A Gagasan utama paragraf enam dijelaskan pada dua kalimat terakhir paragraf itu, yaitu If you want to see them, throw a handful of rice into the pond. Your children will appear. yang artinya Jika kamu ingin melihat mereka, lemparkan segenggam beras ke dalam kolam. Anakanakmu akan muncul.. Jadi, gagasan utamanya tentang cara ibu itu menemukan anak-anaknya (how the mother found her children). 16. What is the moral value that you can learn from the story? A. It is important to obey our parents. B. It is important to pay attention to our neighborhood. C. A party may make somebody forget about anything. D. Never play in the pond without our parents guidance. Jawaban: A Nilai moral suatu cerita biasanya terletak di bagian reorientation, yaitu The name of the village also reminds people today in West Sumatra that it is important to obey our parents. yang artinya Nama desa itu juga mengingatkan penduduk Sumatera Barat sekarang, yaitu pentingnya menaati orang tua kita.. Read the text and answer questions 17 to 19. A long time ago, there lived on the island of Bali a giantlike creature named Kbo Iwo. The people of Bali used to say that Kbo Iwo was everything, a destroyer as well as a creator. He was satisfied with the meal, but for the Balinese people this meant enough food for a thousand men. Difficulties arose when for the first time the barns were almost empty and the new harvest was still a long way off. This made Kbo Iwo wild with great anger. In his hunger, he destroyed all the houses and even all the temples. It made the Balinese turn to rage. So, they came together to plan steps to oppose this powerful giant by using his stupidity. They asked Kbo Iwo to build them a very deep well and rebuild all the houses and temples he had destroyed. After they fed Kbo Iwo, he began to dig a deep hole. One day he had eaten too much, and he fell asleep in the hole. The oldest man in the village gave a sign, and the villagers began to throw the limestone they had collected before into the hole. The limestone made the water inside the hole boiling. Later, Kbo Iwo was buried alive. However, the water in the well rose higher and higher until at last it overflowed and formed Lake Batur. Meanwhile, the mound of earth dug from the well by Kbo Iwo is known as Mount Batur. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 17. The story is from. A. West Java B. East Java C. Lombok D. Bali Jawaban: D Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama dan kedua teks tersebut, yaitu pada frasa the island of Bali dan the people of Bali. 18. The purpose of the text is to. A. describe a specific creature, named Kbo Iwa B. explain how to do things orderly C. entertain the readers D. tell past events 90 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

98 Jawaban: C Teks tersebut berbentuk narrative karena menyajikan cerita khayalan/imajinasi. Hal ini disimpulkan dari keterangan wait once upon a time yang artinya dahulu kala. Tujuan narrative adalah menghibur pembaca (entertain the readers). Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teks descriptive, (B) adalah tujuan teks procedure, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks recount. 19. It made the Balinese turn to rage. The word rage has a similar meaning to. A. rough B. wild C. fury D. patient Jawaban: C Kata rage dan fury mempunyai arti yang sama, yaitu marah besar. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kasar, (B) artinya buas, dan (D) artinya sabar. For questions 20 and 21, choose the correct words to complete the following dialog. Amin : Wow, there s Jakarta Post here. Akbar : You should (20) English newspaper. Amin : I know it s very useful for us as students. Not only do we get interesting things, but we can also improve our English. Akbar : I think so. That s why, I read it. Amin : But how do you get the paper? Do you buy or borrow it from the library? Akbar : No, my father (21) to the Jakarta Post. Ujian Nasional 2002/ A. speak B. listen C. write D. read Jawaban: D Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah read, sehingga kalimat itu menjadi You should read English newspaper. yang artinya Kamu seharusnya membaca surat kabar berbahasa Inggris. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat itu. 21. A. sells B. subscribes C. reports D. takes Jawaban: B Berdasarkan konteks kalimat sebagai respons atas ucapan Amin, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah subscribes yang artinya berlangganan. Jadi, kalimat itu menjadi No, my father subscribes to the Jakarta Post. yang artinya Tidak, ayahku berlangganan Jakarta Post.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat itu. 22. Anto : Indonesia has to import rice next year. Mike : How come? Indonesia is an agricultural country. Anto : There are some reasons for that. Mike : Anto : Like what? The harvest failed natural disaster occurred. A. although B. because C. but D. and Ujian Nasional 2002/2003 Jawaban: B Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah because yang artinya karena/sebab, sehingga kalimat itu menjadi The harvest failed because natural disaster occurred. yang artinya Panen gagal karena terjadi bencana alam.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat itu. 23. Budi : Diana told me that your brother has a problem with his computer. Is that true? Alwi : Yeah. Budi : Don t worry. My brother can fix it. Alwi : Budi : I m not sure he do the job well. Trust me. He s really a good programmer and he can fix computers. A. may B. can C. cannot D. may not Adapted from Ujian Nasional 2002/2003 Jawaban: B Dalam percakapan tersebut Budi tahu kalau Alwi ada masalah dengan komputernya. Ia pun menawarkan kakaknya untuk memperbaiki komputer tersebut. Alwi tidak yakin kalau kakak Budi bisa memperbaikinya. Namun, Budi meyakinkan Alwi bahwa kakaknya bisa memperbaiki komputernya karena dia adalah programer komputer yang handal. Jadi, modal yang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimat itu adalah can yang artinya mampu/bisa. 24. reached about competition the news had the royal the prince of also Blambangan The correct arrangement is. A B C D PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 91

99 Jawaban: A Kata-kata itu, apabila diurutkan dengan benar, akan membentuk kalimat The news about the royal competition had also reached the prince of Blambangan. yang artinya Berita tentang pertandingan di istana itu juga sampai di telinga Pangeran Blambangan.. For questions 25 and 26, choose the correct words to complete the following paragraph. Burk and Kim were late. By the time they (25) at the football field, the football match (26) already. 25. A. arrive B. arrived C. have arrived D. will arrive Jawaban: B Kalimat soal menerangkan dua kejadian yang terjadi berurutan pada waktu lampau; peristiwa pertama disusul oleh peristiwa berikutnya. Pada konteks seperti itu, peristiwa pertama menggunakan the past perfect tense, sedangkan peristiwa berikutnya menggunakan the simple past tense. Pada soal ini, peristiwa berikutnya dijelaskan dengan kalimat By the time they... at the football field, sehingga kata kerja yang tepat melengkapinya adalah verb past, yaitu (B) arrived. 26. A. has beed started B. has started C. had started D. had been started Jawaban: C Klausa the football match... already menunjukkan peristiwa yang terjadi lebih dulu, sehingga klausa itu menggunakan the past perfect tense. Jadi, pilihan yang tepat adalah (C) had started. For questions 27 and 28, choose the correct sentences to complete the following dialog. Kathy : (27) Father will take us to a Bali trip next month. Brook : Kathy : Brook : (28) This will be a great trip! I heard Kuta Beach is the best beach in the world. I ll do sun bathing in Kuta and enjoy the sun set there. Oh, I can t wait! 27. A. Is that true? B. Are you sure? C. You know what? D. What s the matter? Jawaban: C Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, Kathy menyampaikan kabar menarik. Jadi, ungkapan yang sesuai adalah You know what?. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks percakapan. 28. A. Wow, I can t believe it! B. I heard that news. C. What a day! D. That s it. Jawaban: A Kalimat yang diucapkan Kathy bermaksud untuk menyampaikan kabar bagus. Oleh karena itu, respons yang paling tepat diucapkan Brook adalah (A) Wow, I can t believe it! Read the text and answer questions 29 to 32. Gossiper A woman repeated a bit of gossip about a neighbor. Within a few days the whole community knew the story. The person it concerned was deeply hurt and offended. Later the woman responsible for spreading the rumour learned that it was completely untrue. She was very sorry and went to a wise old sage to find out what she could do to repair the damage. Go to the marketplace, he said, and purchase a chicken, and have it killed. Then, on your way home, pluck its feathers and drop them one by one along the road. Although surprised by this advice, the woman did what she was told. The next day the wise man said, Now go and collect all those feathers you dropped yesterday and bring them back to me. The woman followed the same road, but to her dismay, the wind had blown the feathers all away. After searching for hours, she returned with only three in her hand. You see, said the old sage, it s easy to drop them, but it s impossible to get them back. So it is with gossip. It doesn t take much to spread a rumor, but once you do, you can never completely undo the wrong. Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX 29. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The gossip told by the woman spread very quickly. B. It was not easy to undo the woman s fault. C. The person who was concerned in a gossip was hurt and offended. D. A wise old sage killed a chicken to help a gossiper undo her fault. 92 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

100 Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini bertentangan dengan kalimat pertama paragraf dua, yaitu Go to the marketplace, he said, and purchase a chicken, and have it killed. yang artinya Pergilah ke pasar, katanya, dan belilah seekor ayam dan mintalah seseorang untuk menyembelihnya.. Itu berarti laki-laki itu tidak menyembelih ayam yang dibeli wanita itu he said, and purchase a chicken, and have it killed. The underlined word refers to. A. a chicken B. a gossip C. a community D. the damage Jawaban: A Kata it merupakan kata ganti dari kata benda yang telah disebutkan dalam klausa sebelumnya, yaitu a chicken. 31. The main idea of paragraph two is. A. how to repay the woman s fault B. the wise old sage s advice C. what the woman do to her neighbor D. the effect of a gossip Jawaban: B Gagasan utama paragraf itu dapat disimpulkan dari keseluruhan isi paragraf. Paragraf itu menjelaskan nasihat laki-laki tua yang bijaksana kepada wanita pembuat gosip. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (B) benar. 32. What can you learn from the story? A. Do what you can do. B. Do something good to your neighbor. C. Never hurt other people by telling a gossip. D. People will remember our right things as well as our mistakes. Jawaban: C Secara keseluruhan, cerita itu menjelaskan akibat dari sebuah gosip, yaitu mudah dilakukan tetapi sangat sulit menghapus ketidakbenaran dari gosip tersebut. Jadi, kesimpulannya adalah jangan pernah menyakiti orang lain dengan menceritakan suatu gosip atau kabar burung. Read the following text and answer questions 33 to 36. The Lonely Landy One day, there was a porcupine named Landy. He was lonely. No one wanted to play with him because they were afraid of his spike. Dear, Landy. We don t want to play with you because your spikes are too sharp. We don t want you to hurt us, said Cici the rabbit one day. Cici is right, Landy. It is not because you re bad or rude to us. No, Landy. It s just because of your spikes. They will stab us if we close to you, said Tito the rooster. Landy felt lonely. Landy spent most of the time daydreaming at the river bank, I would be happy if there were no spikes on my body. Suddenly, Kuku the turtle appeared from the river. He came to Landy and said, Landy, what are you thinking of? Oh, nothing, Landy replied. Don t lie to me, Landy! Who knows I can help you, said Kuku wisely. Then, he sat beside Landy. He wasn t afraid of Landy s spikes. Shortly, Landy told his problem. Kuku nodded his head. He said, Poor you. But it isn t your fault. I know, your spikes are very useful and helpful for you. They will realize it someday. Trust me! Thanks, Kuku. You are my best friend. One day, Koko the frog held his birthday party. He invited all his friends, including Landy. But he decided not to come. He didn t want to mess up the party. I ll come with you, Landy. I ll tell everyone that you re harmless, said Kuku. Finally, Landy attended the party. Everyone enjoyed it. Suddenly, Tito screamed, Help... help! The evil wolf is coming! Save yourself! Then, everyone saved their lives, except Kuku and Landy. Kuku pulled his head and his legs into his shell. And Landy rolled his body into a ball. Unintentionally, the evil wolf touched Landy. Of course, the spike pricked him. He screamed, Ouch! Since his foot was bleeding, he didn t chase Landy s friends any longer. Then, he ran away. Horray... horray...! Long live Landy! He saved our lives said Cici and her friends. They thanked him. From then on, Landy wasn t lonely anymore. 33. Which of the following sentences is TRUE according to the text? A. Kuku was afraid of Landy very much. B. Landy s friends were afraid of his spikes at first. C. Koko only invited some of his friends to his party. D. Landy s friends wanted the wolf to hurt him. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 93

101 Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Dear, Landy. We don t want to play with you because your spikes are too sharp. We don t want you to hurt us, said Cici the rabbit one day.. Jadi, pada awalnya temanteman Landy takut pada duri-durinya. 34. Don t lie to me Landy! (Paragraph 7) What does the underlined word refer to? A. Tito the roaster. B. Koko the frog. C. Cici the rabbit. D. Kuku the turtle. Jawaban: D Jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Don t lie to me, Landy! Who knows I can help you, said Kuku wisely. Jadi, kata me tersebut mengacu pada orang yang mengucapkan kalimat itu sendiri, yaitu Kuku (dari frasa kunci said Kuku wisely ). 35. What can we learn from the story above? A. We like someone to ridicule each other. B. We have to help our friends and appreciate them. C. We are disappointed to get a bad physical appearance. D. We should not underestimate someone s bad physical appearance. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat He said, Poor you. But it isn t your fault. I know, your spikes are very useful and helpful for you. They will realize it someday. Trust me! yang artinya Ia berkata, Kasihan kamu. Namun, itu bukan salahmu. Saya tahu, duri-durimu sangat berguna dan bermanfaat bagimu. Mereka akan menyadarinya suatu saat nanti. Percayalah padaku! Berdasarkan ucapan Kuku ini, kita dapat menarik kesimpulan bahwa penampilan fisik yang kurang baik tidak selalu berarti buruk. Oleh karena itu, kita tidak boleh meremehkannya (we should not underestimate). 36. How many characters are there in the story? A. Four. B. Five. C. Six. D. Seven. Ujian Nasional 2008/2009 Jawaban: C Karakter yang ada dalam cerita itu adalah Landy the porcupine, Cici the rabbit, Tito the rooster, Kuku the turtle, Koko the frog, dan the evil wolf. Jadi, ada 6 (six) karakter. Read the following text and answer questions 37 and :42:59 p.m. A little good news, by skin deep I have that one person I can trust back. We are friends again and I am happy to be so. I just want her not to worry about me and not punish herself over hurting me. It s in the past and it doesn t matter. There are many more things in life imposing a threat right now than any pain that she may have caused me. We are friends that is all that matters to me. And thank you for it. Source: skin deep, September 2, 2009, <A free online diary What did the writer feel when she wrote the diary? A. Sad. B. Angry. C. Tired. D. Happy. Jawaban: D Berdasarkan isi buku harian itu, penulis merasa senang karena teman yang dipercayainya kembali lagi menjadi temannya (kalimat I have that one person I can trust back.). Selain itu, catatan itu ditutup dengan ucapan We are friends that is all that matters to me. And thank you for it. yang artinya Kita berteman, itulah yang penting bagiku. Dan terima kasih karenanya.. Dari kalimat-kalimat tersebut dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis merasa senang (happy) karena temannya telah kembali. 38. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the text above? A. The writer and her friend just met again after they had separated for a long time. B. The writer and her friend had a conflict, but it had been settled down. C. The writer was glad because she could get her friend back. D. The writer s friend had hurt the writer s feeling. Jawaban: A Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena penulis dan temannya tidak berpisah dalam jangka waktu yang lama. Mereka kembali berteman setelah masalah di antara mereka terselesaikan (sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (B)). Hal itu membuat penulis gembira (sesuai dengan jawaban (C)). Permasalahan itu karena temannya telah melukai perasaan penulis (sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (D)). 94 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

102 Read the following text and answer questions 39 and 40. A long time ago, the Sun and the Moon were a married couple who lived on the Earth and were great friends of the Sea. One day, they invited the Sea to visit them. So the Sea went along with the fish and all the members of his family. Surprisingly, the water began to rise, so that the Sun and the Moon had to climb up to the roof because they did not want to be drowned, then they climbed up into the sky, where they remain ever since. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 39. What is the text about? A. The Sun, the Moon and the Sea were great friends. B. Why the Sun and the Moon lived in the sky. C. The Sun and the Moon were afraid of water. D. The water of the sea would drown the Sun and the Moon. Jawaban: B Inti cerita tersebut dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir bacaan itu, yaitu... then they climbed up into the sky, where they remain ever since. yang artinya... kemudian mereka naik ke langit tempat mereka tinggal semenjak itu.. Jadi, cerita itu tentang alasan mengapa Sang Matahari dan Sang Rembulan berada di langit then they climbed up into the sky, where they remain ever since. The underlined word means. A. keep B. reveal C. stay D. mention Jawaban: C Kata remain dan stay mempunyai arti yang sama, yaitu tinggal. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menjaga, (B) artinya mengungkap/membuka, dan (D) artinya menyebutkan. Read the following poem and answer questions 41 to 43. All Things Bright and Beautiful By Cecil Frances Alexander All things bright and beautiful, All creatures great and small, All things wise and wonderful, The Lord God made them all. Each little flower that opens, Each little bird that sings, He made their glowing colors, He made their tiny wings. The purple-headed mountain, The river running by, The sunset, and the morning, That brightens up the sky; The cold wind in the winter, The pleasant summer sun, The ripe fruits in the garden, He made them every one. He gave us eyes to see them, And lips that we might tell, How great is God Almighty, Who has made all things well. Source: Cecil Frances Alexander, August 3, 2009 < 41. What is the poem about? A. Something beautiful. B. God s creation. C. Something bright. D. The colors of the world. Jawaban: B Secara keseluruhan, puisi tersebut mengungkapkan kebesaran Tuhan yang telah menciptakan alam semesta beserta isinya. Pada tiap bait dalam puisi itu menjelaskan ciptaan Tuhan, misal bunga kecil dengan warna berkilauan, matahari terbit pada pagi hari yang menerangi alam, angin dingin pada musim dingin, dan mata kita untuk melihat semua ciptaan Tuhan. 42. He made them every one. What does the word he refer to? A. The Lord God. B. The cold wind. C. A little bird. D. The purple-headed mountain. Jawaban: A Kata ganti he tersebut mengacu pada sang pencipta semua yang ada, termasuk angin dingin pada musim dingin, matahari yang hangat di musim panas, serta buah-buahan yang telah masak di taman/kebun. Jadi, kata he mengacu pada The Lord God. 43. He made their glowing colors, The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. boring B. interesting C. shinning D. tiring Jawaban: C Kata glowing dan shinning mempunyai arti yang sama, yaitu berkilauan. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya membosankan, (B) artinya menarik, dan (D) artinya melelahkan. 44. Rearrange the sentences below into a good story. 1. The man gave him five magic beans for the cow. 2. Jack climbed up the beanstalk. He wanted to see what was at the top. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 95

103 3. Jack and his mother were very poor, so his mother asked him to sell their cow. 4. On the way, he met a strange man. 5. His mother was very angry and threw the beans out of the window. 6. The next morning they saw a giant beanstalk. 7. Jack found a huge castle and a lot of gold. A B C D Ujian Nasional 2008/2009 Jawaban: B Kalimat-kalimat tersebut bila digabung akan membentuk cerita naratif. Cerita dimulai dari tahap orientasi (pengenalan), yaitu kalimat nomor 3. Kemudian, ada tahap dimulainya konflik, yaitu kalimat nomor 4, 1, 5. Terakhir adalah tahap resolusi, yaitu kalimat nomor 6, 2, dan 7. Pilihan jawaban (B) benar. 45. Mr. Lambart had bought an executive class train ticket to go back to Solo, his secretary found a good price. A. After B. When C. Before D. While Jawaban: A Kalimat soal menerangkan dua peristiwa/ kejadian yang terjadi beriringan pada waktu lampau; suatu peristiwa terjadi setelah atau sebelum peristiwa lain. Peristiwa yang terjadi terlebih dahulu menggunakan the past perfect tense dan diawali kata hubung after. 46. Bruce his parents before he left for camping this morning. A. informed B. has informed C. had informed D. was informed Jawaban: C Konteks kalimat soal tentang peristiwa lampau dengan menggunakan the simple past tense. Kata hubung before menghubungkan dua peristiwa yang terjadi berurutan. Klausa yang mendahului kata before menerangkan peristiwa yang terlebih dahulu pada waktu lampu, sehingga klausa itu menggunakan the past perfect tense (had + past participle). Read the following text and answer questions 47 to 50. Collin Caterpillar and Sylvia Snail were crawling along the garden wall one sunny morning. Isn t the world big? remarked Collin as he gazed around. It s huge, it s enormous, agreed Sylvia, who thought a lot about such things inside her mind. It makes me feel so very small, Collin said. But I know a way to change all that! said Sylvia wisely. So the two of them spent the rest of that morning collecting the tiniest things they could find. Collin collected a crumb, a pea, a shell and a petal. Soon he had found a feather, a peanut, a button and a berry. Sylvia brought back a drawing pin, a paper clip, a pen nib, a pin and a needle. Look! You re almost a giant Collin! said Sylvia. Funnily enough, how small these things are, chuckled Collin, and look how big I am! Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) 47. What is the text about? A. The big world. B. The tiniest things. C. The garden wall. D. Collin Caterpillar and Sylvia Snail. Jawaban: D Cerita tersebut tentang Collin Caterpillar dan Sylvia Snail yang menganggap kalau diri mereka itu kecil dalam dunia yang besar, sehingga mereka mengumpulkan benda-benda paling kecil yang akan membuat mereka tampak besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan gagasan pendukung. 48. Sylvia collected the following things, except. A. a drawing pin B. a needle C. a paper clip D. a berry Jawaban: D Benda-benda yang dikumpulkan Sylvia disebutkan pada kalimat Sylvia brought back a drawing pin, a paper clip, a pen nib, a pin and a needle.. Jadi, benda yang tidak dikumpulkan Sylvia adalah (D) a berry. 49. How many the tiniest things did Collin collect? A. Ten. B. Nine. C. Eight. D. Seven. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan kalimat Collin collected a crumb, a pea, a sheel and a petal. Soon he had found a feather, a peanut, a button and a berry., benda terkecil yang ditemukannya ada 8 (eight). 50. Isn t the world big? remarked Collin as he gazed around. (Paragraph 2) What is the synonym of the underlined word? A. Spread. B. Looked. C. Walked. D. Paid attention. Jawaban: B Kata gazed mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata looked, yaitu memandang. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya menyebar, (C) artinya berjalan, dan (D) artinya menaruh perhatian. 96 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester

104 Objectives: At the end of this unit you will be able to: express politeness, tell something in general using spoken English, create short functional texts (contest announcements), write report texts about public places, and write short functional texts (letters), use sentence connectors and modals properly. Suppose you ask for your teacher s permission to go somewhere or request someone to do something for you. How would you say it? You should say it politely, shouldn t you? Do you know how to make polite requests? You will find the answer and learn more about polite expressions in this unit. Next, could you mention some public places in your hometown? There are hospitals, banks, bus stations, market and others. Have you ever noticed similar public places, such as a traditional market in your town with the one in another town? Do they have something in common? If you write down about the common things of the similar public places, then you write a report. In this unit, you ll learn more about this type of text, including its text structure and characteristics. Hopefully, at the end of this unit you will be able to write reports. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 97

105 2.1 Expressions Expressing Politeness Read the following dialog. Excuse me. Could you please tell me where Mr. Burhan is, Sir? I see. Thank you, Sir. Well, he has just been out. Perhaps he s in the library now. He likes going there during the break. You re welcome. Look at the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. In the dialog, the student asks for information to her teacher about Mr. Burhan. She says, Excuse me. Could you please tell me where Mr. Burhan is, Sir? The sentences express a polite request. To make your request sounds polite, you may use the following words. Please, at the beginning, middle or the end of your sentence. Modals, like can, will, could, would, may. Only use could and would in a formal situation or when you are talking with someone you haven t known before. Here are some expressions used to express politeness and their possible responses. Expressing Politeness Open the door, please. Can you help me bring the books? Will you accompany me to the dentist, please? Excuse me. Where is the Principal s office? Would you tell me where the Principal s office is, please? Could you tell me where the Principal s office is? May I help you...? Would you mind...? Could you please...? Would you please...? Responding O.K. No problem. No big deal. Sure. Certainly. Sure. It is next to the library. 98 UNIT 2 Reports

106 Answer the questions below. 1. What expressions did you learn in Unit 1? Jawaban: I learned about telling interesting news or information and responding to it. 2. Can you mention some of those expressions? Jawaban: Yes, I can. Telling about interesting news or information: Guess what! Let me tell you this. I ll tell you what! Responding to interesting news or information: That is smart. You are terrific. Is that true? A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Venna : (1) Excuse me, Ma am. Teacher : Yes, Venna. What s up? Venna : Ma am, I m a little bit confused with question number three. (2) Would you be kind enough to explain me more about it? Teacher : Let s ask the others first. Venna : O.K. Teacher : Listen, class. Venna has a problem with question number three. (3) Can any of you help Venna? What about you, Sony? Sony : (4) I m really sorry, Ma am, I can t. Frankly, I don t understand it either. Teacher : Do you? Well,... it seems to be everybody s problem. All right then, I ll explain it once again. But first, Dono, (5) will you clean the blackboard? Dono : Yes, Ma am. Teacher : Thank you. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 99

107 Variasi: Write the sentences in the dialog which use expressions of politeness. Explain the purpose of each sentence. Sentence 1. Excuse me, Ma am. 2. Would you be kind enough to explain me more about it? 3. I m really sorry, Ma am, I can t. 4. But first, Dono, will you clean the blackboard? Purpose To ask for attention. To request someone to do something. To apologize. To request someone to do something. B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A. 1. Where do you think the dialog takes place? Jawaban: In a classroom. 2. What is Venna s problem? Jawaban: She is a little bit confused with question number three. 3. Can Sony help Venna solve her problem? How do you know? Jawaban: No, he can t. Because he said, I m really sorry, Ma am, I can t. Frankly, I don t understand it either. 4. What is Dono asked for? Jawaban: He is asked for cleaning the blackboard. 5. Venna said, Would you be kind enough to explain me more about it? What does the word you refer to? Jawaban: The teacher. C. Read the dialogs and answer your teacher s questions. Dialog 1 Nino : Hello, Mr. Randi. How are you? Mr. Randi : Hello, Nino. I m fine, thanks. Nino : So, how was your trip to Singapore? Would you mind telling me more about it? Mr. Randi : Well, it was not very smooth exactly. Nino : Oh, really? Would you please tell me why? Mr. Randi : I had some trouble with my photo in the passport. The boarding-check officers said that I looked very different because of the surgery in my chin two months ago and my haircut. They almost brought me to the immigration office. Nino : That s horrible. What happened next? Mr. Randi : Then, I called the Indonesian Embassy and they helped me. Nino : I see. 100 UNIT 2 Reports

108 Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Which are the utterances expressing Nino s politeness? 2. How was Mr. Randi s trip to Singapore? 3. What did Mr. Randi experience on his trip? 4. Why did Mr. Randi look different? 5. Who helped Mr. Randi in Singapore? Jawaban: 1. Would you mind telling me more about it? and Would you please tell me why? 2. It was not very smooth. 3. He had trouble with his photo in the passport. 4. Because he had a surgery in his chin two months ago and a new hair cut. 5. The Indonesian Embassy. Dialog 2 Delon and Ferry arrive at Sari s house to study together. Delon : Hello, Sari. Sari : Hello, Delon, Ferry. Please come in. Ferry : Thank you. Sari : Please have a seat. I ve been waiting for you, guys. Anyway, can I get you something to drink first? I have orange juice. Delon : I d love orange juice. Sari : What about you, Ferry? Ferry : Could I have iced-lemon, please? Sari : No problem Ferry : Thank you. Later on.... Delon : Listen, I have a problem with question number five. Sari, do you know the answer? Sari : Unfortunately, not. I passed that question. Ferry : I know it! Delon : Really? Can you explain it to us? Ferry : Sure. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. Who are talking in the dialog? 2. Where does the dialog take place? 3. What does Ferry prefer to drink? 4. What is Sari s and Delon s problem? 5. Delon said, Can you explain it to us? What does it mean? Jawaban: 1. Sari and her friends. 2. At Sari s house. 3. Iced-lemon. 4. They do not know the answer of the question number five. 5. He asks someone to explain something. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 101

109 D. Listen to your teacher. Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the dialog you have heard. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Waiter : Excuse me, Sir. What would you like to order? Mr. Permana : I would have cream of mushroom and grilled steak, please. Waiter : How do you like your steak, Sir? Mr. Permana : Well done, please. Waiter : What vegetables would you like, Sir? Mr. Permana : I d like French fried potatoes, peas and green beans. Waiter : And what would you like to drink, Sir? We have special drink for tonight, mocca-strawberry float. Mr. Permana : No, thanks. I prefer orange squash, please. Waiter : Anything else, Sir? Mr. Permana : No, thanks. Waiter : O.K. Please wait. Your order will be ready in ten minutes. Mr. Permana : No problem. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 6 Mr. Permana : I d like French fried potatoes, peas and green beans. 11 Waiter : O.K. Please wait. Your order will be ready in ten minutes. 8 Mr. Permana : No, thanks. I prefer orange squash, please. 1 Waiter : Excuse me, Sir. What would you like to order? 4 Mr. Permana : Well done, please. 9 Waiter : Anything else, Sir? 2 Mr. Permana : I would have cream of mushroom and grilled steak, please. 7 Waiter : And what would you like to drink, Sir? We have special drink for tonight, mocca-strawberry float Mr. Permana : No problem. Waiter : How do you like your steak, Sir? Mr. Permana : No, thanks. Waiter : What vegetables would you like, Sir? Variasi: Complete the following statements based on the dialog in Task D. 1. Mr. Permana orders steak. 2. Mr. Permana likes to order vegetables, such as. 3. The waiter offers, special drink of the restaurant. 4. Mr. Permana likes to drink. 5. Mr. Permana s order will be done in. Jawaban: 1. well-done grilled 2. French fried potatoes, peas and green beans 3. mocca-strawberry float 4. orange squash 5. ten minutes 102 UNIT 2 Reports

110 E. Listen to your teacher. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog you have just heard? Correct the false ones. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Nita : Good morning, Mrs. Dirga. Mrs. Dirga : Good morning, Nita. What can I do for you? Nita : My mother is going to make chicken soup for lunch. Would you please get me one pound of onions, some carrots, cabbages and some potatoes? Mrs. Dirga : Is that all? Nita : Please let me take a look at my list. Um..., I also need 500 grams of chicken fillet and a can of chicken sausage. Mrs. Dirga : Here you are. Anything else? Nita : No, thank you. Mrs. Dirga : O.K. They cost you Rp75,000. Nita : Here s the money. Thank you, Mrs. Dirga. Mrs. Dirga : You re welcome. 1. Nita s mother is going to make a chicken soup. 2. Nita buys some vegetables, such as spinach and parsley. 3. Nita also buys a half kilogram of chicken fillet. 4. Nita writes down the things she wants to buy. 5. All the things Nita buys costs Rp55,000. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (Nita buys onions, carrots, cabbages and some potatoes.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (All the things Nita buys costs Rp75,000.) A. Read the dialog and answer the questions. Miranda : Good morning, Doc. Ms. Salwa : Good morning. Please have a seat. Well, what can I do for you? Miranda : I m not feeling well, Doc. I think I ve got a temperature and sore throat. Ms. Salwa : O.K., let me check. Could you please open your mouth? Miranda : Sure. Ms. Salwa : Um, your tonsils are red. Let me write a prescription for you. Remember, take the medicines regularly. Miranda : Doctor, is it possible for me to have medicines that won t cause drowsiness? Ms. Salwa : Certainly. Here is the prescription. Miranda : Thank you, Doc. Ms. Salwa : You re welcome. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 103

111 Questions: 1. Where does the conversation take place? Jawaban: In a doctor s room. 2. How does Miranda feel? Jawaban: She gets a temperature and sore throat. 3. According to the doctor, what happens to Miranda? Jawaban: She gets red tonsils. 4. What does Miranda ask for to the doctor? Jawaban: She asks the doctor to give her medicines that won t cause drowsiness. 5. What should Miranda do to recover soon? Jawaban: She should take the medicines regularly. B. Read the dialogs. Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs? Correct the false ones. Dialog 1 Assistant : Good morning. Can I help you? Zaskia : Yes, please. I want some cakes, please. Assistant : What sort would you like? The cheese cakes are very yummy. Zaskia : Are they? I ll take four of those, please. Assistant : And these are nice too, the ones with chocolate cream in the middle. Zaskia : Hm... they also look delicious indeed. I d like three of those as well. Assistant : Sure. Zaskia : O.K., how much are they? Assistant : Fifty thousand Rupiah. Zaskia : Here s the money. Assistant : Thank you. Statements: 1. The dialog takes place in a bakery shop. 2. Zaskia likes to buy three cheese cakes. 3. Zaskia also buys four cakes with chocolate cream in the middle. 4. All the cakes look yummy and delicious. 5. Zaskia spends Rp55,000 to pay the cakes. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (Zaskia likes to buy four cheese cakes.) 3. F (Zaskia also buys three cakes with chocolate cream in the middle.) 4. T 5. F (Zaskia spends Rp50,000 to pay the cakes.) Dialog 2 Dony : Excuse me, Sir. May I have your time? Mr. Ardian : Sure. Please come in. O.K., what can I do for you, Dony? Dony : Sir, my mom just called and told me that my father is in hospital. I really want to go there and see him. Would you please allow me to leave the class now, Sir? I m really worried about my father. Mr. Ardian : Oh, I m sorry to hear about your father. O.K., you can go home now. Dony : Thank you, Sir. Mr. Ardian : You re welcome. Give my best regards to your parents. I hope your father will get better soon. Dony : All right, Sir. Thank you. 104 UNIT 2 Reports

112 Statements: 1. The dialog takes place in a hospital. 2. Dony s mother is hospitalized. 3. Mr. Ardian permits Dony to go home earlier. 4. Dony is worried about his father s condition. 5. Mr. Ardian expresses his sympathy when he s heard Dony s father s condition. Jawaban: 1. F (The dialog happens at school.) 2. F (It is Dony s father who is hospitalized.) 3. T 4. T 5. T C. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box. a. How long are you going to stay, Sir b. how do you intend to pay, Sir c. Thank you very much d. Could you please tell me e. Could you tell me your personal identity, Sir f. That ll be fine, Sir g. Your private address, please h. May I help you i. Could you please spell that address again j. I d like to reserve two double rooms Receptionist : Good evening, Sir. (1)? Guest : Yes, please. My name s Anderson. (2). Receptionist : O.K. (3)? Guest : Sure. My name s Anderson Morgan. A-N-D-E-R-S-O-N M-O-R-G-A-N. Receptionist : (4)? Guest : 20 Flamboyant Street, Daventry, England. Receptionist : I m sorry, Sir. (5)? Guest : 20 Flamboyant. F-L-A-M-B-O-Y-A-N-T Street. Then, D-A-V-E-N-T-R-Y, Daventry England. Receptionist : (6) your passport number, Sir? Guest : Sure. One moment. Ah, it s 6 oh 5, T. Receptionist : (7)? Guest : Five days. Receptionist : And (8)? Guest : By credit card. American Express. Receptionist : (9). Here are your room s keys, room 265 and 266. You ve arrived today, March 6. Guest : That s right. Receptionist : All right, Sir. I ll get the porter to show you the room now. I hope you and your family enjoy staying with us. Guest : (10). Jawaban: 1. h 2. j 3. e 4. g 5. i 6. d 7. a 8. b 9. f 10. c PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 105

113 D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the dialog in Task C. 1. What are the speakers talking about? A. Booking a hotel room. B. Canceling an appointment. C. Complaining a hotel s service. D. Reserving a table in a restaurant. Jawaban: A Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut tentang pemesanan kamar hotel, sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Pak Anderson di awal percakapan, yaitu I d like to reserve two double rooms., dengan kata kunci reserve yang memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata book, yaitu memesan. 2. Where does Mr. Anderson come from? A. Germany. B. Holland. C. Scotland. D. England. Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari alamat yang diberikan Pak Anderson kepada petugas hotel, yaitu 20 Flamboyant Street, Daventry, England.. Dengan demikian, Pak Anderson berasal dari Inggris (England). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan negara asal Pak Anderson. 3. When will Mr. Anderson and his family check out from the hotel? A. March 13. B. March 12. C. March 11. D. March 10. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan isi percakapan itu, Pak Anderson dan keluarga tiba pada tanggal 6 Maret dan akan tinggal di hotel itu selama lima hari. Jadi, Pak Anderson dan keluarganya akan check out (keluar) dari hotel pada tanggal 11 Maret. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan. 4. The following statements are TRUE according to the text, except. A. Mr. Anderson will stay in the hotel with his family B. the porter will show the guests their rooms C. Mr. Anderson will pay the hotel s bills using a credit card D. Mr. Anderson gets two rooms which are far enough from each other Jawaban: D Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan isi percakapan adalah (D) yang artinya Pak Anderson memperoleh dua kamar yang cukup jauh satu sama lain. Hal ini bertentangan dengan kalimat yang diucapkan petugas resepsionis bahwa Pak Anderson memperoleh dua kamar dengan nomor 256 dan 266, yang berarti kedua kamar itu bersebelahan. 5. And how do you intend to pay, Sir? The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. choose B. aim C. collect D. examine Jawaban: B Kata intend memiliki arti yang sama dengan aim, yaitu bermaksud. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya memilih, (C) artinya mengumpulkan, dan (D) artinya memeriksa. E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a proper dialog. Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 5 Receptionist : For what time, Sir? 8 Customer : Reza Ramlan. 11 Receptionist : Thank you, Sir. 6 Customer : Around 7:30 p.m. 1 Receptionist : Good morning. Melia Restaurant. May I help you? 10 Customer : That s right. 3 Receptionist : We open at 9 a.m., and close at 11 p.m. 2 Customer : Yes, please. Could you tell me first what time your restaurant opens? 106 UNIT 2 Reports

114 Receptionist : O.K., a table for two this evening at 7:30 p.m. for Mr. Reza Ramlan. Customer : You re welcome. Bye. Receptionist : May I have your name, please? Customer : O.K. I d like to reserve a table for two this evening, please. Variasi: Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task D? Correct the false ones. 1. The dialog is about canceling a reservation. 2. The restaurant opens for thirteen hours. 3. The reservation is a table for two people. 4. Mr. Reza Ramlan will have brunch at Mulia Restaurant. 5. The reservation is made on the name of Reza Ramlan. Jawaban: 1. F (The dialog is about making a reservation for a table in a restaurant.) 2. F (The restaurant opens at 9 a.m. and closes at 11 p.m. It means that it opens for fourteen hours.) 3. T 4. F (Mr. Reza Ramlan reserves a table for two this evening at 7:30 p.m. which is the time to have dinner, not brunch.) 5. T F. Complete the following dialogs with proper expressions. Use expressions to show politeness. 1. Doni : (a)? Erna : Certainly.That s very kind of you. Doni : Don t mention it. Erna : (b)? Doni : Don t worry I can lift the table by myself. It s not heavy. Erna : All right. 2. Mother : Have you mopped the floor, dear? Jane : I m sorry, Mom. I haven t. The mop is broken. Mother : I see. If that s so, (a) in a supermarket? Jane : No problem. (b)? Mother : No. The traffic is busy right now, and you don t have a license. Jane : O.K., Mom, I ll take a bus. 3. Tiara : Dina, wait! Are you going to the canteen? Dina : Yes. What s up? Tiara :? Dina : Sure. Tiara : Thank you. Here is the money. Contoh jawaban: 1. a. May I help you move the table b. Shal I call someone to help 2. a. will you buy a mop b. May I ride a motorcycle, Mom 3. Can you buy me soft drink, please PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 107

115 Variasi: A. Complete the following expressions with your own idea. 1. Can you? 2. May I help you? 3. Would you like to? 4. Do you think it is all right if? 5. Excuse me, but is it possible for me to? Contoh jawaban: 1. Can you help me lift the box? 2. May I help you look after the baby, auntie? 3. Would you like to lend me some money? 4. Do you think it is all right if I use your motorcycle, Dad? 5. Excuse me, but is it possible for me to leave this room now? B. Deliver short conversations using the expressions in Task A with your friend. Do it in turns. Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Can you help me lift the box? Your friend : Certainly. 2. Your friend : May I help you look after the baby, auntie? You : That really helps. Thank you. 3. You : Would you like to lend me some money? My purse is lost. I don t know how to get home. Your friend : Don t worry. Here you are. You : Thanks a lot. 4. Your friend : Do you think it is all right if I use your motorcycle, Dad? You : No, you can t. I m going to use it. 5. You : Excuse me, but is it possible for me to leave this room now? Your friend : Have you finished your task? If you have, you may leave now. You : Thank you. G. Create a dialog expressing politeness based on the following guideline. You are in a department store to buy non-denim trousers. You ve never been to that store before. Therefore, you need the shop assistant s help. As you are courteous, you say your words politely. Ask a friend to help you to act as a shop assistant. You Shop Assistant Greet the shop assistant. Mention your purpose, and ask where to find the items. Tell the size (25) and the color you want to the shop assistant. Ask whether you can try more than one item. Pick the trousers you want to try on. Ask the shop assistant other trousers in similar size and color, but from different label. Tell you ll wait while the shop assistant is looking for the trousers. Tell that you don t need anymore help and thank the shop assistant. Answers your greeting, and offers you help. Shows you the direction to get what you want and asks the size. Shows you the trousers and where the fitting room is. Tells that you can try on two items only. Helps you to get them. Gives you the trousers and asks whether you need more help. Respond to your gratitude. 108 UNIT 2 Reports

116 Jawaban: You : Good morning. Shop assistant : Good morning. Is there anything I can do for you? You : I want to buy non-denim trousers. Could you please help me where to find them? Shop assistant : My pleasure. This way please. What size are you in? You : Maybe 25. By the way, do you have a pair of dark brown? Shop assistant : Yes, here you are. You can try it on in the fitting room, over there. You : Do you think it is all right if I try more than one item? Shop assistant : You can try on two items. You : O.K. So, may I have one which is similar in color and size, but from different brand? Shop assistant : Sure. Let me find them. You : O.K. I ll wait here. Shop assistant : Here are the trousers. Anything else I can do for you? You : No. Thanks for your help. Shop assistant : Don t mention it. H. Create dialogs based on the following situations. 1. Suppose you are customer service staff of Grow Up Magazine. One of your subscribers calls and complains that for three months the delivery of his/her magazine always comes late. Then, you tell your customer that you ll figure out the problem, and promise him/her that it will not happen again. 2. Suppose you don t quite understand what the teacher has explained about kinds of sentence connectors. Therefore, you can t do the exercise well. You have difficulties in deciding the correct conjunction to complete each sentence. You tell your teacher about the problem, and he/she gives you a tip to solve the problem. You thank him/her for it. Contoh jawaban: 1. You : Good morning, Grop Up Magazine. How can I help you? Subscriber : Good morning. This is Sari speaking. I am one of your subscribers. You : Yes, Ms. Sari. What can I help you? Subscriber : I m very upset that for the last three months I received the magazine quite late. Even this month, I received it on the 20th. You : I m very sorry to hear that, Ms. Sari. I understand how you feel. O.K., let me check this matter, and I promise you that it won t ever happen again in the future. Subscriber : All right, then. I hope you can keep your promise. You : Certainly, Ms. Sari. Once again, thank you for your understanding. Subscriber : You re welcome. Goodbye. You : Goodbye. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 109

117 2. You : Excuse me, Sir. Could you help me, please? Teacher : Yes, Tiara. What should I do to help you? You : I have tried to understand your explanation about coordinating conjunctions, but I still cannot answer five of the ten sentences. I d rather confused to decide the correct conjunctions to complete the sentences. Teacher : Quite a lot, huh? Well, let me take a look. You : Here you are, Sir. Teacher : Um.... O.K., I have a tip for you. All you need to do before choosing the correct conjunction is try to understand the meaning of the sentence. You : I see. Let me try then. Thank you very much, Sir. Teacher : No big deal. 2.2 Genre Spoken Text Read the following monolog. O.K., guys, have you ever been to an airport? Do you know what an airport is? What do airports have in common? Well, it is a transportation center used for the landing and taking off of aircraft. Airports provide transportation not only for people but also for freight, such as mail, perishable foods, and other important items. You know, several areas and structures compose an airport. Those are designed to serve the needs of both aircraft and passengers. There are runways, taxiways, terminals, gates and control towers. Well, runways are the long, narrow areas where airplanes take off and land. Taxiways are paths that aircraft follow from the runways to the terminal building. Next, the areas where passengers board and exit in an aircraft are called gates. They are located within the terminal. The terminal also contains ticket and baggage counters. The control tower is located near the terminal. From this tower, air traffic controllers coordinate aircraft movement both in the air and on the ground. There are also maintenance and refueling facilities for aircraft. They are located near the runways or in nearby hangars. Specially, for security purposes, access to major airports is usually limited to special roads. Speaking of its types, airports differ in size and layout depending on their function. There are three major types of airports: military airports, general aviation airports, and commercial airports. Military airports have one or two paved runways, generally 3,000 to 4,600 m long. General aviation airports mostly are used by small civilian aircraft. They are often found in rural areas or in small towns. They have one or two runways from 900 to 1,500 m long. And the last one, commercial airports, small or large, are used by airlines. The large commercial airports are usually situated in the world s major cities. They usually have pairs of parallel runways from 3,000 to 3,700 m in length. The text above is a spoken report. The purpose is to give information about the way things are. A report focuses on people and things in general. It also uses the present tense, except for the extinct ones, like dinosaurs, you use the past tense. 110 UNIT 2 Reports

118 Written Text Read the following text. Airports Picture source: October 10, 2009 < online.com> General Classification Description Airports are transportation centers used for the landing and taking off of aircraft. They provide transportation for people and freight, such as mail, perishable foods, and other important items. An airport is composed of several areas and structures that are designed to serve the needs of both aircraft and passengers, such as runways, taxiways, terminals, gates and control towers. Runways are the long, narrow areas where airplanes take off and land. Taxiways are paths that aircraft follow from the runways to the terminal building. Gates located within the terminal are the areas where passengers board and exit in an aircraft. The terminal itself contains ticket and baggage counters. The control tower is located near the terminal. From this tower, air traffic controllers coordinate aircraft movement both in the air and on the ground. There are also maintenance and refueling facilities for aircraft which are located near the runways or in nearby hangars. For security purposes, access to major airports is usually limited to special roads. Airports itself differ in size and layout depending on their functions. There are three major types of airports: military airports, general aviation airports and commercial airports. Military airports have one or two paved runways, generally 3,000 to 4,600 m long. General aviation airports, often found in rural areas or in small towns, are mostly used by small civilian aircraft. They have one or two runways from 900 to 1,500 m long. Commercial airports, small or large, are used by airlines. The large commercial airports are usually situated in the world s major cities. They usually have pairs of parallel runways from 3,000 to 3,700 m in length. Source: April 8, 2008 < The text is called a report in written form. A report describes the way things are, with reference to a range of natural, man-made and social phenomenon in our environment. It may contain descriptions, but it often does more than describing phenomenon (a thing, event or situation). It also classifies information. It has a logical sequence of facts that are stated without any personal involvement (personal opinion) from the writer. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 111

119 The structure of a report text is: general classification. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is. description. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is like in terms of parts; qualities; habits or behaviors (if living) and usages (if non-natural). The significant features of a report text are: focus on generic participants, such as airports, use of the simple present tense to indicate timeless nature of information, such as Airports are transportation centers..., They provide transportation for people..., no temporal sequence, such as at first, and then, after that and finally, use noun phrases, such as military airports, general aviation airports, commercial airports, use technical vocabulary or scientific terms for certain reports, such as runways, taxiways, terminals, gates, control towers, use verbs of being and having (are, is, am, have, has) rather than action verbs (sell, buy, run, walk, etc.), and use descriptive language (factual rather than imaginative e.g. language for describing color, shape, size, body parts, habits, behaviors, functions, uses, etc.). Grammar Section Coordinating Conjunctions Read the following dialog. Seno, look at that tree! The tree loses its leaves, but it doesn t die. Really? That s right. The leaves fall to the ground to reduce the tree s evaporation. I see. The bold-typed sentence is a compound sentence which consists of two independent clauses. The two clauses are connected by a coordinating conjunction but. Coordinating conjunctions link two equal structures. For example, they can link two independent clauses, two nouns, two verb phrases, and so on. 112 UNIT 2 Reports

120 Here are some coordinating conjunctions you can use. Coordinating Conjunction and but, yet for or so nor Meaning additional idea contrast idea reason choice of two possibilities result negative choice Pattern: Independent Clause, [conj.] Independent Clause. Notice that the two independent clauses are separated by a comma and a coordinating conjunction. Note: Coordinating conjunctions rarely begin sentences in formal writing, though some people use them to begin sentences in informal writing. Examples: Independent Clause Rita is planting roses in the garden, Ari practiced writing every day, Linda s advice may sound silly, You can take it, Coordinating Conjunction and so but or Independent Clause her brother is mowing. his writing improved a lot. it worked for me. leave it. Special Finites: May and Might ; Can and Could Read the following sentences. 1. a. May I use your pencil? b. You might join us to see a film yesterday afternoon. 2. a. My brother can speak English fluently. b. Could you open the door, please? Notice the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called modals. Do you know their functions? Read the following explanation. May and Might May and might are always used as special finites. Remember that you do not use may to refer to the past; however, might can refer to either present, past or future. Functions: 1. May is used to express formal permission whether it is asked, given or refused. Example: Lina : Sir, may I leave the room? I ve done my test. Teacher : Yes, you may. 2. May is also used to express prohibition, usually in official notices. Examples: The students may not enter the test room before the bell rings. You may not make any sounds during the test. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 113

121 3. Both may and might show possibility. Examples: We have a few minutes left; we may still catch the bus. I think Donita might join the camping activity. Can and Could Could is the past tense form of can. Functions: 1. Can and could are used to replace the more formal may/might in expressing permission. Examples: Can I borrow this book? Could I ask you a question? 2. Can and could are used to express ability or capacity to do something. Examples: I can beat him at swimming any time! Donna could join the national team. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Answer the questions below. 1. What text did you learn in Unit 1? 2. What is the purpose of that text? Jawaban: I learned about narratives. Jawaban: It is used to entertain the readers. 3. Can you mention the example of it? Jawaban: Yes, I can. The legend of Lake Toba and the story of Keong Mas. A. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. You will find the words in the monolog in Task C. A 1. arrangement 2. commuter 3. cost 4. to involve 5. personal 6. to reverse 7. to ride 8. role 9. to share 10. vehicle a. have or use jointly with others b. to cause to participate in an activity or a situation c. make (someone/thing) the opposite of what it was d. something organized in an ordered way e. a person s (or a thing s) function in a particular situation f. one who travels some distance between his/her home and place of work on a regular basis g. a thing used for transporting people or goods on land h. travel in a vehicle i. belonging to a particular person j. an amount given or required as payment B Jawaban: 1. d 2. f 3. j 4. b 5. i 6. c 7. h 8. e 9. a 10. g 114 UNIT 2 Reports

122 B. Complete the following sentences with the words in Task A column A. Change the form of the words if necessary. 1. The school s anniversary celebration will all students and teachers. 2. This week I have a task to clean the aquarium. Next week my turn is with my brother s. 3. To make your room comfortable, you need to consider the of the things in it. 4. In big cities many kinds of available to take you to your destination. 5. I m not allowed to a motorcycle to school since I haven t got a license. 6. The five-day-tour to Bali arranged in my school nearly one million Rupiah. 7. When my cousin visited us last holiday, I room with her. 8. Thousand in Jakarta take electric trains to take them from home to their workplaces or vise versa. 9. Leave him alone. He needs time to solve his problem himself. 10. Trains have an important as a means of mass transportation in Indonesia. Jawaban: 1. involve 2. reversed 3. arrangement 4. vehicles 5. ride 6. costs 7. shared 8. commuters 9. personal 10. role C. Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Many companies or factories in big cities usually provide a carpool facility for their workers. Do you know what a (1) carpool is? Let me tell you about it. A carpool consists of at least two (2) commuters who rideshare to and from work or school using their personal (3) vehicles. There are two types, either sharing the driving/ riding or driving/riding only. Now, let me tell you first about sharing the driving/riding. The most (4) common carpool arrangement involves commuters sharing the driving and riding (5) duties. For example, in a two-person carpool one commuter drives one week using his or her personal vehicle and pays for the vehicle (6) operating costs, while the other commuter rides. The next week the commuters roles are (7) reversed. The other carpool (8) arrangement is driving/riding only. This type involves one or more commuters driving only and one or more commuters riding only. For example, in a two-person carpool one commuter does all the driving using his or her (9) personal vehicle, while the other commuter only rides and pays an equal (10) share of the driver s vehicle operating costs. Source: September 11, 2009 < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 115

123 D. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task C? Correct the false ones. 1. The text explains the advantages of using a carpool. 2. A carpool should consist of more than one commuter. 3. Sharing the driving/riding is less common than driving/riding only. 4. In sharing the driving/riding, the commuters change their roles in definite time, such as once a week. 5. In driving/riding only, one commuter who rides only must pay the vehicle operating costs. Jawaban: 1. F (The text describes a carpool arrangement in general.) 2. T 3. F (Sharing the driving/riding is more common than driving/riding only, as stated in the third paragraph, Now, let me tell you first about sharing the driving/riding. The most common carpool arrangement involves commuters.... ) 4. T 5. T Variasi: A. Listen to your teacher. Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard. Teks yang dikerjakan siswa: Do you need something for your study, life and maybe your home? Are you (1) where to get the thing fast and (2)? Do not worry, there is a very quick and smart way to get what you want now. Do you know what it is? It is the Internet. (3) is a vast (4) linking millions of computers around the world that use a (5) as the transmitter. Governments, companies, newspapers, etc. in this world have their own sites to (6) their products and information in the Internet. With the Internet, you will be easier to find what you need. It does not waste too much time. When your computer has an Internet (7) which can be (8) by dialing your Internet (9) of your country with your local (10), or when everything is set correctly, your Internet is ready to use. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Do you need something for your study, life and maybe your home? Are you (1) confused where to get the thing fast and (2) accurate? Do not worry, there is a very quick and smart way to get what you want now. Do you know what it is? It is the Internet. (3) Internet is a vast (4) network linking millions of computers around the world that use a (5) satellite as the transmitter. Governments, companies, newspapers, etc. in this world have their own sites to (6) advertise their products and information in the Internet. With the Internet, you will be easier to find what you need. It does not waste too much time. When your computer has an Internet (7) connection which can be (8) activated by dialing your Internet (9) provider of your country with your local (10) telephone, or when everything is set correctly, your Internet is ready to use. 116 UNIT 2 Reports

124 B. Find the synonyms of the following words in the complete text in Task A. Then, find their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word 1. intelligent 2. to connect 3. exact 4. regional 5. factory 6. to contact 7. properly 8. to promote 9. quick 10. enormous Synonym smart to link accurate local company to dial correctly to advertise fast vast Meaning pintar menghubungkan akurat, tepat lokal, setempat perusahaan menelepon dengan tepat mengiklankan, memromosikan cepat sangat banyak C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have just heard in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. The text is mainly about the Internet in general. 2. The Internet only links a few number of computers. 3. A government uses the Internet to inform their policies to the public. 4. It takes less time to get information we need via Internet. 5. You can access the Internet without dialing the Internet provider. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (It links millions of computers around the world.) 3. T 4. T 5. F (You can access the Internet by dialing the Internet provider.) E. Listen to your teacher. Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the monolog you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru: In some countries, you can find a very unique market. It is a floating market. Precisely, such a market can only be conducted in big rivers, such as Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia, Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam. On a floating market hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities. Both buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats. Various items, from vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs are sold. Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hand. The market meets all day long, but the most noisy and busy time is in the morning. There are hundreds of small boats full of agricultural products, mostly fruits and vegetables. Some boats have roofs, some do not. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 117

125 Picture source: October 10, 2009 < Teks yang kerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 4 Both buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats. 6 Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hands. 1 In some countries, you can find a very unique market. It is a floating market. 5 Various items, from vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs are sold. 7 The market meets all day long, but the most noisy and busy time is in the morning. 3 On a floating market hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities. 8 There are hundreds of small boats full of agricultural products, mostly fruits and vegetables. Some boats have roofs, some do not. 2 Precisely, such a market can only be conducted in big rivers, such as Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia, Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam. F. Answer the following questions based on the proper text in Task E. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: It s about a floating market. 2. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To describe a place in general. 3. Where can you find the place? Jawaban: In big rivers in certain countries, such as in Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia, Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam. 4. What can you see in the place? Jawaban: Hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities. 5. What kinds of things are sold there? Jawaban: There are vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs. 6. How is the situation of the place in the morning? Jawaban: It is noisy and busy. 7. What most agricultural products are sold? Jawaban: Fruits and vegetables. 8. What is the common signal to buy things? Jawaban: Whistling or waving hands. 118 UNIT 2 Reports

126 Variasi: Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the monolog you have heard in Task E. 1. A floating market is a one. 2. In Thailand there is a big river named. 3. In a floating market, buyers and sellers conduct transactions on. 4. The market becomes busy and noisy in. 5. In the market, you can find that some boats have, but some do not. Jawaban: 1. very unique 2. Mekhong River 3. their boats 4. the morning 5. roofs G. Listen to your teacher. Write the sentences you have heard on a sheet of paper. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: 1. Mail is usually delivered once a day, six days a week. 2. In Mauritania, mail is delivered by post drivers. 3. In the US, a mail carrier sometimes must walk along his route. 4. In Spain or Indonesia, the postman often travels by bicycle or motorcycle. 5. Rejected mail is mail that cannot be delivered or returned to its sender. 6. This may happen if it is addressed wrong and does not have a return address. 7. Such mail goes to the dead-mail or dead-letter office. 8. The mail is opened to try to find the sender or addressee. 9. If this is unsuccessful, the mail is destroyed and any valuables are sold. H. Answer the following questions based on the sentences you have written in Task G. 1. How often is mail delivered? Jawaban: Once a day. 2. Who delivers mails in Mauritania? Jawaban: Post drivers do. 3. What is rejected mail? Jawaban: It is mail that cannot be delivered or returned to its sender. 4. How can there be rejected mails? Jawaban: It happens if it is addressed wrong and does not have a return address. 5. What happens to anonymous mails? Jawaban: The mails are destroyed and any valuables are sold. I. Find the meanings of the following words. You will hear them in the monolog in Task J. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. Greek = bahasa Yunani 2. leisure = bersenang-senang 3. supervision = pengawasan 4. to progress = maju 5. compulsory = wajib 6. primary school = sekolah dasar 7. secondary school = sekolah lanjutan 8. to attend = menghadiri 9. vocational school = sekolah kejuruan 10. available = tersedia PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 119

127 J. Listen to your teacher. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Teks yang dibacakan guru: I m sure all of you are familiar with the word school. Anyone knows where that word actually comes from? Well, school actually comes from Greek word, scholç. It originally means leisure. It is an institution where you are allowed and encouraged to learn, under the supervision of teachers. You know, almost all countries have systems of formal education. The systems where students progress through a series of schools are compulsory for the citizen. The series of schools have different name, but in common, there are primary school for young children and secondary school for teenagers who have completed primary education. Additionally, students may also have access to and attend schools both before and after primary and secondary education. For example, kindergarten or pre-school which provides some schooling to very young children, typically ages 3 5, and university, vocational school or college which may be available after secondary school. Source: January 3, 2009 < 1. What is the text about? 1 2 Picture source: static.panoramio.com 3 4 A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan berdasarkan isi keseluruhan teks yang mendeskripsikan sekolah secara umum, yang diawali dengan asal kata dan definisinya, serta jenis-jenis sekolah (primary dan secondary school) yang terbagi menjadi beberapa jenjang sekolah, yaitu kindergarten, university atau college, dan vocational school. 2. What does the word school originally mean? A. Relaxation. B. A kind of game. C. A place to study. D. Knowledge. Jawaban: A Kata school berasal dari bahasa Yunani (Greek), yaitu scholç yang artinya saat bersenang-senang. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat Well, school actually comes from Greek word, scholç. It originally means leisure.. Kata leisure memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata relaxation, yaitu persantaian. 3. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE according to the text? A. The word school comes from Greek word, scholç. B. Schools allow and encourage us to learn. C. There is no school available for children before entering primary schools. D. The system of formal education is compulsory for the citizen. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk soal pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat Additionally, students may also have access to and attend schools both before and after primary and secondary education. yang artinya Apalagi, siswa mungkin juga memiliki kesempatan dan masuk sekolah baik sebelum maupun sesudah sekolah dasar dan menengah.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Well, school actually comes from Greek word, scholç. It originally means leisure. ; (B) sesuai dengan kalimat It is an institution where you are allowed and encouraged to learn,.... ; (D) sesuai dengan kalimat... the systems of formal education. The systems where students progress through a series of schools are compulsory for the citizen UNIT 2 Reports

128 4. What kind of school is it for 3 5-year old children? A. College. B. Kindergarten. C. Vocational school. D. Secondary school. Jawaban: B Jenis sekolah untuk anak-anak usia 3 sampai 5 tahun adalah kindergarten. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat For example, kindergarten or pre-school which provides some schooling to very young children, typically ages 3 5,.... yang artinya Sebagai contoh, taman kanak-kanak atau prasekolah yang memberikan pendidikan kepada anak-anak yang masih kecil, biasanya yang berumur 3 sampai 5 tahun, It is an institution where you are allowed..., under the supervision of teachers. What is the similar meaning of the underlined word? A. authority B. instruction C. inspection D. control Jawaban: D Kata supervision memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata control, yaitu pengawasan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya kewenangan atau kekuasaan, (B) artinya perintah atau instruksi, dan (C) artinya pemeriksaan. A. Read the text. Find the meanings of the words that follow. What s a puffin crossing? A puffin crossing is a new style pedestrian crossing that looks very much like a pelican crossing, but has a few additional safety features. Puffin crossings are operated by a demand button. Unlike pelican crossings of which the red or green man is displayed on the opposite side of the road, in puffin crossings the display of the red or green man appears on the demand box next to you on the pavement. When the green man appears on the box, it s time to cross. Puffin crossings have a built-in detector Picture source: < system which sees that you are waiting to cross. If you are a mum with a buggy and another small child on tow and need a little bit longer to cross, the detector knows this and holds the traffic lights at red until you reach the other side safely. This means that drivers are stopped for a shorter time if a pedestrian crosses quite quickly, and that slower pedestrians are given more time to cross. Puffin crossings don t have the flashing amber light or flashing green man phase which pelicans have. This removes that uncertain moment for drivers and pedestrians when neither is quite sure who has priority. Don t be put off by the fact that you can t see the green man ahead of you as you cross. The puffin has its eye on you and will give you time to reach the other pavement safely. Source: September 11, 2009 < Cyclist+and+pedestrians/ PuffinCrossingsWhatsAPuffinCrossing.htm> Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 1. crossing = penyeberangan 2. pedestrian = pejalan kaki 3. safety = keselamatan 4. demand = permintaan 5. display = tampilan 6. pavement = trotoar Picture source: < PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 121

129 7. opposite = sebaliknya 8. buggy = kereta belanjaan 9. tow = gandengan 10. flashing = yang menyala 11. amber = lampu lalu lintas kuning 12. to put off = berhenti 13. ahead = di depan 14. safely = dengan selamat 15. to remove = memberhentikan Variasi: Find the similar meanings of the following words in the text above. Explain their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word 1. to arrive 2. to ask for 3. extra 4. fast 5. to perform 6. to quit 7. recent 8. tiny 9. unsure 10. to watch Synonym to reach demand additional quickly to display to stop new small uncertain to see Meaning sampai, tiba meminta tambahan dengan cepat menampilkan berhenti baru kecil tidak pasti melihat B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: A general description of puffin crossings. 2. What is the purpose of the text? Jawaban: To describe the way things are or something in general. 3. How is a puffin crossing operated? Jawaban: It is operated by a demand button. 4. What are the differences of puffin and pelican crossings? Jawaban: Firstly, in puffin crossings, the red or green man appears on the demand box next to you on the pavement, while in pelican crossings it appears on the opposite side of the road. Secondly, puffin crossings don t have the flashing amber light or flashing green man phase, but pelican crossings have. 5. What do puffin crossings have that pelicans don t have? Jawaban: A built-in detector system. 6. What is the function of the system? Jawaban: It functions to detect if someone is waiting to cross, then to hold the traffic lights at red until he/she reaches the other side safely. 7. What is the advantage of a puffin crossing? Jawaban: It has its eye on us and will give us time to reach the other pavement safely. 8. Don t be put off by the fact that you can t see the green man ahead of you as you cross. (Paragraph 4) What does the word you refer to? Jawaban: It refers to the readers. 122 UNIT 2 Reports

130 C. Find the main idea of each paragraph in the text in Task A. Then, retell the text based on the list of the main ideas. Paragraph Main Idea Jawaban: Paragraph Main Idea The general classification of puffin crossings. The operation of puffin crossings. The built-in detector system of puffin crossings. The difference between puffin and pelican crossings. The advantage of puffin crossings. Contoh jawaban (monolog): Listen, guys. There is a new style pedestrian crossing. It looks very much like a pelican crossing, but has a few additional safety features. Do you know what it is? Well, it is a puffin crossing. Let me tell you. Puffin crossings are operated by a demand button. You will see the display of the red or green man on the demand box next to you on the pavement. It is just like a pelican crossing. However, in pelican crossings the red or green man is displayed on the opposite side of the road. If the box displays the green man, it s time for you to cross. The puffin crossing is completed with a built-in detector system. It will detect if someone is waiting to cross. For example, if you are a mother with a buggy and another small child on tow and need a little bit longer to cross, the detector knows this and holds the traffic lights at red until you reach the other side safely. What does this mean? This means that if a pedestrian crosses quite quickly, drivers are stopped for a shorter time, but if you are a slower pedestrian, you are given more time to cross which means drivers are stopped for a longer time. Another difference between puffin and pelican crossings is that puffin crossings don t have the flashing amber light or flashing green man phase which pelicans have. This removes that uncertain moment for drivers and pedestrians when neither is quite sure who has priority. So, don t bother yourself by the fact that you can t see the green man ahead of you as you cross. Do you know why? Because the puffin has its eye on you and will give you time to reach the other pavement safely. Variasi: A. Find the main idea of each paragraph in the following text. Dengue fever is one of the most dangerous diseases in the world. Dengue fever is endemic in most tropical countries of the south Pacific, Asia, the Carribean, the USA, and Africa. This disease rapidly spreads in most tropical urban areas of the world. It means people in these areas have high risks of infection of the disease. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 123

131 Dengue fever is caused by a virus. The virus is transmitted into human by the bite of infected mosquitoes, usually Aedes aegypti. In other words, the disease cannot spread directly from person to person. The disease is characterized by the high fever, severe headache, backache, joint and muscle pains. Sometimes, many patients get nausea, vomiting, and rash on arms, face and legs. There is no specific treatment of the disease. Jawaban: Source: Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Paragraph Main Idea The general classification of dengue fever. The spread of dengue fever. The cause of dengue fever. The symptoms of dengue fever. B. Retell the text in Task A based on the list of the main ideas. Contoh jawaban: You know, the cases of dengue fever are increasing especially during the rainy season. No wonder if dengue fever becomes one of the most dangerous diseases in the world. Now, can you tell us the endemic areas of this disease are? Right. Dengue fever is endemic in most tropical countries of the south Pacific, Asia, including Indonesia, the Carribean, the USA, and Africa. As a matter of fact, this disease rapidly spreads in most tropical urban areas of the world. It means people in these areas have high risks of infection of the disease. Let s talk about the cause of this disease. Well, dengue fever is actually caused by a virus which is transmitted into human by the bite of infected mosquitoes, usually Aedes aegypti. In other words, the disease cannot spread directly from person to person. Then, what are the symptoms of the disease? The person who suffers from the disease will show the symptoms of high fever, severe headache, backache, joint and muscle pains. Sometimes, many patients get nausea, vomiting, and rash on arms, face and legs. Unfortunately, till now there is no specific treatment of the disease. D. Deliver a monolog about a skyscraper. Use the following sentences or find other related sources. There isn t any official definition or set height for a skyscraper. Usually a skyscraper is described as a very tall building that towers above the other buildings along a city s skyline. Some define any building with 20 stories or more as a skyscraper, others as 50 or 100 or more stories. The word skyscraper was originally a nautical term that referred to the tall sails on a sailing ship. Today s image of a skyscraper in our urban society is that of a mega structure rising to the sky that can only be found in a world class city such as Hong Kong or New York. Picture source: October 10, 2009 < 124 UNIT 2 Reports

132 The structural make-up is different for skyscrapers. Buildings not exceeding four floors can be supported by their walls alone; while skyscrapers, as they are taller and heavier have to be supported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletal frame. The walls then hang from this skeletal frame. Skyscrapers generally have a steel structure with a core column. The core is usually made up of reinforced concrete, and the elevators and plumbing are contained within the core. Source: September 11, 2009 < Contoh jawaban: Listen, everyone. Do you know what a skyscraper is? Let me tell you then. Actually, there isn t any official definition or set height for a skyscraper. Many people usually describe it as a very tall building that towers above the other buildings along a city s skyline. However, some also define any building with 20 stories or more as a skyscraper, others as 50 or 100 or more stories. As a matter of fact, the word skyscraper was originally a nautical term that referred to the tall sails on a sailing ship. Now, in the 21st century, the image of a skyscraper in our urban society is that of a mega structure rising to the sky. You can only find them in a world class city such as Hong Kong or New York. Talking about the building structural make-up, it is different for skyscrapers. Buildings not exceeding four floors can be supported by their walls alone; while skyscrapers, as they are taller and heavier, have to be supported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletal frame. Then the walls hang from this skeletal frame. One more important thing, skyscrapers commonly have a steel structure with a core column. The core is usually made up of reinforced concrete. Here the elevators and plumbing are contained within the core. E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the information in Task D. 1. What is the information about? A. Today s image of a skyscraper. B. The general description of skyscraper. C. The definition of a skyscraper. D. The structure of a skyscraper. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena menyimpulkan keseluruhan informasi. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan gagasan pendukung dari informasi utama. 2. What does the word skyscraper originally refer to? A. The tall sails on a sailing ship. B. A very tall building. C. A city s skyline. D. A mega structure. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat The word skyscraper was originally a nautical term that referred to the tall sails on a sailing ship. yang artinya Kata skyscraper mulamula adalah istilah kelautan yang mengacu pada layar yang tinggi pada perahu layar.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 3. These statements are true about the structure of skyscrapers, except. A. they generally have a steel structure with a core column B. the core of them is usually made up of reinforced concrete C. they can be supported by their thick and strong walls alone D. they have to be supported by a large network of steel and a skeletal frame Jawaban: C Struktur pencakar langit dijelaskan dalam kalimat-kalimat... while skyscrapers, as they are taller and heavier have to be supported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletal frame. The walls then hang from this skeletal frame. Skyscrapers generally have a steel PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 125

133 structure with a core column. The core is usually made up of reinforced concrete,..... Jadi, yang bukan merupakan syarat struktur pencakar langit adalah (C) yang artinya dengan ditopang dinding yang tebal dan kuat. 4. Buildings not exceeding four floors can be supported by their walls alone;.... The underlined word refers to. A. skyscraper s B. tall buildings C. mega structures D. one to four-floored buildings Jawaban: D Kata ganti kepemilikan their menggantikan benda yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu buildings not exceeding four floors yang artinya bangunan yang tingginya tidak lebih dari empat lantai. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (D) yang artinya milik bangunan yang memiliki lantai satu sampai empat. 5. The word skyscraper was originally a nautical term that referred to the tall sails on a sailing ship. The underlined can be best replaced by. A. frankly B. properly C. initially D. regularly Jawaban: C Kata originally berarti mula-mula. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata initially, yaitu pada awalnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya sejujurnya, (B) artinya dengan baik, dan (D) artinya secara teratur. F. Find a report about a public place. Talk about the public place using your own words. Bring a picture to support your talk. Contoh jawaban: Harbors fall into two basic types, natural and artificial harbors. Natural harbors are geological features created by the landscape. A natural harbor can be quite large, or just small enough to fit a few ships sheltering from a storm. San Francisco Bay in California is a well-known example of a natural harbor. Meanwhile, artificial harbors are created through the use of piers, jetties and other man-made features, and they may also be dredged to allow passage for larger ships. The port of Trondheim in Norway is a large artificial harbor. A large harbor is often combined with a port, a facility which allows ships to load and unload cargo. A port usually includes support for ships as well, including repair areas, stores for provisioning and stocking ships and similar facilities. Ships often require a range of services when they dock, and an assortment of firms offer those services, sometimes at a premium in obscure ports. Picture source: October 10, 2009 < Since a harbor has traditionally been used as a shelter or haven, the verbal form of the word is used to refer to sheltering or protecting individuals as well as ships. A ship usually has extensive details on regional harbors in the form of a directory which allows the ship to find shelter and needed facilities. Ship s charts also include harbor information, with a basic chart simply noting the location of a harbor, along with its depth, so that a captain can determine whether he or she can enter that harbor. More extensive charts might include the kind of facilities available and other information of interest. A harbor is very economically important. Therefore, most nations closely control their harbors. Many largely landlocked nations also secure small areas of shoreline so that they can participate in 126 UNIT 2 Reports

134 shipping and trade, since numerous goods continue to be carried by ship. Harbors are often patrolled by special law enforcement to enforce prevailing laws, and ship traffic is carefully monitored to make sure that restricted items or people are not exiting or entering a country. Source: October 6, 2009 < A. Read the text. Find the main idea of each paragraph. Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers to a traditional wooden house, which has a building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese. Commonly, joglo is made of high quality of teak wood since this kind of wood is rather expensive, only wealthy or noble people have or can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog is made in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specific meaning or philosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese wooden house is highly priced. Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it has a particular purport. The home plan of joglo may be divided into several parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, then pendapa as public territory. Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner has permanently and complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room for the dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondary territory a wide coverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by the dwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area Picture source: October 10, 2009 < are set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a dining room or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests or relatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a public territory to receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed as long as that person complies with certain condition in this area. However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to the needs. One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in its functions as meeting rooms, restaurants or hotels. Source: September 11, 2009 < joglo+house&start=10&sa=n> Paragraph Main Idea PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 127

135 Jawaban: Paragraph Main Idea The general classification of Javanese wooden house, called joglo. The characteristics of joglo. The parts of joglo. The purposes and rules of each of joglo s territories. The development of joglo s home plan. Variasi: Identify the structure of the text in Task A. Jawaban: General Classification Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers to a traditional wooden house, which has a building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese. Description Commonly joglo is made of high quality of teak wood since this kind of wood is rather expensive, only wealthy or noble people have or can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog is made in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specific meaning or philosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese wooden house is highly priced. Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it has a particular purport. The home plan of joglo may be divided into several parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, then pendapa as public territory. Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner has permanently and complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room for the dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondary territory a wide coverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by the dwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area are set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a dining room or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests or relatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a public territory to receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed as long as that person complies with certain condition in this area. However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to the needs. One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in its functions as meeting rooms, restaurants or hotels. 128 UNIT 2 Reports

136 B. Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the text in Task A. Explain their meanings. Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: Word Meaning Antonym Meaning 1. cheap 2. common 3. commonly 4. crowded 5. easy 6. to forbid 7. general 8. modern 9. narrow 10. opposite 11. peasant 12. public 13. temporally 14. unfamiliar 15. wealthy murah umum pada umumnya padat, sesak mudah melarang umum modern sempit kebalikan orang awam khalayak umum untuk sementara tidak dikenal kaya expensive particular especially spacious difficult to allow specific traditional wide similar noble private permanently famous poor mahal khusus pada khususnya luas sukar, sulit mengizinkan khusus tradisional lebar, luas sama bangsawan (milik) pribadi secara tetap terkenal miskin Variasi: Underline the noun phrases in the text in Task A. Jawaban: Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers to a traditional wooden house, which has a building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese. Commonly joglo is made of high quality of teak wood since this kind of wood is rather expensive, only wealthy or noble people have or can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog is made in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specific meaning or philosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese wooden house is highly priced. Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it has a particular purport. The home plan of joglo may be divided into several parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, then pendapa as public territory. Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner has permanently complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room for the dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondary territory a wide coverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by the dwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area are set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a dining room or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests or relatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a public territory to receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed as long as that person complies with certain condition in this area. However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to the needs. One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in its functions as meeting rooms, restaurants or hotels. C. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: It s about the general description of a Javanese wooden house called joglo. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 129

137 2. Where can you find joglo? Jawaban: In Java, especially in Central Java. 3. What is joglo generally made of? Jawaban: It is generally made of high quality of teak wood. 4. According to the text, why do only rich people or noblemen have joglo? Jawaban: Because the wood to build the house is quite expensive. 5. What is the front door of a joglo house called? Jawaban: It is gebyog. 6. How many territories does a joglo house consist of? What are they? Jawaban: There are three territories; primary, secondary and public. 7. What rooms are there in the primary territory? Jawaban: There are senthong and omah jero. 8. What does gandhok usually function for? Jawaban; It usually functions as a dining room or living room. 9. What part of a joglo house is it to receive formal guests? Jawaban: It is pendapa. 10. Why is the home plan of a joglo house developed quite different from the original one? Jawaban: Because it requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now, costs much that people will think twice to build it, and there are also changes in its functions. D. Read the following text. Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the text? Correct the false ones. A water park is an indoor or outdoor amusement park that involves playing in and around water. It usually has features such as water slides and brightly colored areas for children to play and swim in. Although many water parks have a beach theme, some actually have real sand to play in near a pool that is often called a lagoon. The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play equipment. A water park is like a playground with the added fun of water. Many water parks have a splash zone, or play park in which sprinkler-like equipment creates fun sprays of water for children to play in. Water parks also usually have water rides that are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks. For example, a water park may have bumper boats in a water-filled section rather than bumper cars in a concrete area. Lazy rivers are often a part of water parks. These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts. You can often find a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled areas in a water park. Picture source: October 10, 2009 < A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool. Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of water slides rather than just one or two water slides. Most water parks have areas for toddlers and their parents. Some water parks also have other attractions on the grounds such as a petting zoo or a children s play gym. Water parks usually sell food such as ice cream, cold drinks and snacks. They re often great places for children s birthday parties, and an indoor water park is a good option for those in cooler climates. Most water parks don t allow outside food and drinks, but have reasonably-priced birthday party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake. Source: September 11, 2009 < 130 UNIT 2 Reports

138 Statements: 1. This text is mainly about a particular water park. 2. A water park can be built both indoor and outdoor. 3. The lagoon in a water park is less creative than a swimming pool. 4. Water rides in water parks are quite different from non-water rides at regular amusement parks. 5. Visitors can experience of floating down on tubes or rafts in lazy rivers. 6. A water park may offer a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled. 7. Larger water parks have a small section with less than three different water slides. 8. There are ground attractions in some water parks such as a petting zoo or a children s play gym. 9. An outdoor water park is a good option for people in cooler climates. 10. All water parks don t allow visitors bring food and drinks from outside. Jawaban: 1. F (This text is mainly about water parks in general.) 2. T 3. F (The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative.) 4. F (Water rides in water parks are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks.) 5. T 6. T 7. F (Larger water parks may have a large section with more than three different water slides.) 8. T 9. F (It is an indoor water park that is a good option for people in cooler climates.) 10. F (It is most water parks that don t allow outside food and drinks, not all water parks.) Variasi: A. Write the sentences in the text above that use modals and sentence connectors. Jawaban: The sentences using modals: but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play equipment. 2. For example, a water park may have bumper boats in a water-filled section rather than bumper cars in a concrete area. 3. You can often find a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled areas in a water park. 4. A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool. 5. Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of water slides rather than just one or two water slides. The sentences using sentence connectors: 1. Although many water parks have a beach theme, some actually have real sand to play in near a pool that is often called a lagoon. 2. The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play equipment. 3. A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool. 4. They re often great places for children s birthday parties, and an indoor water park is a good option for those in cooler climates. 5. Most water parks don t allow outside food and drinks, but have reasonably-priced birthday party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 131

139 B. Make new sentences using the modals and sentences connectors you find in the text. Contoh jawaban: The sentences using modals: 1. Many schools may participate in the annual carnival to celebrate the Independence Day. 2. All my classmates can join the study tour to Bandung next month. The sentences using sentence connectors: 1. Although they ve just lost their houses due to the fire yesterday, they don t want to fall in a deep sorrow. 2. Many children in remote villages live in a poor condition, but they face their daily life with smiling. 3. The development of some remote areas do not run well, for there is no proper road built to access the areas. 4. The local government should pay more attention to the unemployment issue and encourage more job opportunities for the people. E. Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the text in Task D. 1. It usually has features such as water slides and brightly colored areas for children to play and swim in. (Paragraph 1) The underlined word refers to , but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play equipment. (Paragraph 2) The underlined word refers to. 3. These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts. (Paragraph 3) The underlined word refers to. 4. Most water parks have areas for toddlers and their parents. (Paragraph 4) The underlined word refers to , but have reasonably-priced birthday party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake. (Paragraph 5) The underlined word refers to some actually have real sand to play in near a pool that is often called a lagoon. (Paragraph 1) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is that are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks. (Paragraph 3) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. 8. These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts. (Paragraph 3) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. 9. Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of water slides.... (Paragraph 4) The similar meaning of the underlined word is and an indoor water park is a good option for those in cooler climates. (Paragraph 5) The similar meaning of the underlined word is. Jawaban: 1. a water park 2. the lagoon in a water park 3. lazy rivers 4. the toddlers 5. the readers 6. false 7. irregular 8. to sink 9. part, area 10. choice 132 UNIT 2 Reports

140 F. Complete the text with the suitable words from the box. a. highways b. a full stop c. cell phones d. traffic accidents e. very aggressively f. speedsters g. bad drivers h. speed limits i. the cautious drivers j. overworked businessmen Recently the number of (1) keeps on rising. Many factors are involved. One of them is drivers bad attitude on the road. These (2) may be the main factors as to why many accidents happen. Bad drivers you see on the streets and (3) of almost any country can be classified into three types. The first kind of bad drivers is the wannabe Grand Prix racer. This kind of driver drives (4). For example, he or she steps on the gas and roars away a millisecond before a traffic signal turns green. Driving in the passing lane and ignoring (5) are normal for this kind of driver. The second one is the modern multitasker. Modern multitaskers include drivers such as working mothers and (6) and women. They eat a sandwich, drink a cup of coffee, talk on their (7) and discipline the children fighting in the back seat while speeding down the highway at 65 mph. The last one is (8). The cautious driver drives very slowly and carefully. For instance, he or she drives no faster than 40 mph on highways and slows down to 30 on every curve. When making a turn, he or she almost comes to (9) before inching around the corner. Therefore, bad drivers can be (10), slowsters or just inattentive, but you have to watch out for all of them. Adapted from: Introduction to Academic Writing (First Edition) Jawaban: 1. d 2. g 3. a 4. e 5. h 6. j 7. c 8. i 9. b 10. f G. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the text in Task F. 1. What is the text mainly about? A. The types of bad drivers. B. The number of traffic accidents. C. The traffic s attitudes. D. The factors of accidents. Jawaban: A Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut menjelaskan tipe-tipe pengendara mobil yang tidak baik yang menjadi faktor utama meningkatnya jumlah kecelakaan lalu lintas, sesuai dengan kalimat dalam paragraf satu One of them is drivers bad attitude on the road.. Gagasan pokok ini kemudian dijelaskan dalam paragraf dua yang menyebutkan tipe-tipe pengendara mobil yang tidak baik, yang kemudian tiap tipe dijelaskan dalam paragraf-paragraf berikutnya. 2. What is the purpose of the text? A. To amuse or entertain the readers. B. To describe a particular person. C. To describe types of people in general ways. D. To tell someone s past experience. Jawaban: C Teks tersebut menjelaskan tipe-tipe pengendara mobil secara umum, sehingga teks tersebut berbentuk report. Tujuan teks report adalah untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara umum, sehingga pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan narrative, (B) adalah tujuan descriptive, dan (D) adalah tujuan recount. 3. What is the characteristic of the wannabe Grand Prix racer? A. Drivers drive quite slowly and carefully. B. Drivers are good racer on streets. C. Drivers do other things while driving, like eating. D. Drivers drive their cars very fast. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 133

141 Jawaban: D Ciri pengendara yang ingin seperti pembalap Grand Prix adalah mereka mengendarai mobil dengan cepat (drive their cars very fast). Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat dalam paragraf dua, yaitu This kind of driver drives very aggressively. For example, he or she steps on the gas and roars away a millisecond before a traffic signal turns green. Driving in the passing lane and ignoring speed limits are normal for this kind of driver. yang artinya Pengendara mobil seperti ini mengendarai mobil dengan sangat agresif. Contohnya, ia menginjak gas dan gigi satu milidetik sebelum lampu lalu lintas berwarna hijau. Mengendarai mobil di jalur untuk membalap dan mengabaikan batas kecepatan adalah wajar bagi pengendara mobil seperti ini. 4. What is the main idea of paragraph 4? A. The characteristics of modern multitasker. B. The characteristics of a cautious driver. C. The type of bad drivers. D. The attitudes of bad drivers. Jawaban: B Gagasan pokok paragraf empat disebutkan pada kalimat pertama paragraf ini, yaitu The last one is the cautious drivers. yang diikuti dengan kalimatkalimat yang menjelaskan ciri-ciri pengendara mobil tipe ini. Jadi, jawabannya adalah ciri-ciri pengendara yang hati-hati. 5. The following can be categorized as modern multitaskers, except. A. college students B. working mothers C. carrier women D. overworked businessmen Jawaban: A Berdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf tiga, Modern multitaskers include drivers such as working mothers and overworked businessmen and women., yang bukan termasuk tipe pengendara multitasker modern adalah (A) college students. Pilihan jawaban yang lain benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat tersebut; sedangkan carrier women bisa digolongkan dalam working mothers atau overworked businessmen. A. Join the following pairs of sentences using proper coordinating conjunctions. 1. My new watch was very expensive. It doesn t work. 2. We were new in town. Everyone made us feel welcome. 3. I studied long and hard. I passed the course. 4. These tires are bald. You should replace them. 5. I get home from school. I collapse on the couch. 6. The newspaper is here. Your magazine didn t arrive. 7. My heart pumps faster. My legs are tired. 8. Is the man your uncle? Is the man your sister s husband? 9. You eat too many sweets. You will get cavities. 10. The subway was crowded. We found two seats. Jawaban: 1. My new watch is very expensive, but it doesn t work well. 2. We were new in town, but everyone made us feel welcome. 3. I studied long and hard, so I passed the course. 4. These tires are bald, so you should replace them. 5. I get home from school and I collapse on the couch. 6. The newspaper is here, but your magazine didn t arrive. 7. My heart pumps faster, and my legs are tired. 134 UNIT 2 Reports

142 8. Is the man your uncle or your sister s husband? 9. You will get cavities, for you eat too many sweets. 10. The subway was crowded, but we found two seats. B. Make five sentences using may/might and five sentences using can/could. Contoh jawaban: Using may/might 1. I may be at home this weekend. 2. May I join the camping activity, Mom? 3. Your parents might forgive you if you told them the truth about the case. 4. I might win the competition if I prepared myself better. 5. The students may have a math test today. Using can/could 1. The little boy can stand on his one hand. 2. My brother can cook very delicious fried rice. 3. Could you pass me the book over there, please? 4. Could I leave this room after finishing the task, Sir? 5. Please tell me your problem. Who knows I can help you. C. Read the following text. Identify the structure of the text. A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through it, you can go into nearly every country in the world. Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters, documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands. It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible. Much of the world s business depends upon the postal service. That s why most nations cooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered. Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter is mailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regular schedule. All letters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people. Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) Jawaban: General Classification A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through it, you can go into nearly every country in the world. Description Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters, documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands. It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible. Much of the world s business depends upon the postal service. That s why most nations cooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered. Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter is mailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regular schedule. All letters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 135

143 Variasi: A. Underline the verbs in the text you have just read. What do the verbs mean? Also, circle the modals used in the text. A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through it, you can go into nearly every country in the world. Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters, documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands. It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible. Much of the world s business depends upon the postal service. That s why, most nations cooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered. Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter is mailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regular schedule. All letters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people. Jawaban (arti kata): 1. to connect = menghubungkan 2. to go = pergi 3. to become = menjadi 4. to pass = melewati, melintasi 5. to get = tiba, sampai 6. to depend = tergantung 7. to cooperate = bekerja sama 8. to cause = menyebabkan 9. to find = menemukan 10. to deliver = mengirimkan 11. to handle = menangani 12. to mail = mengirimkan surat 13. to collect = mengumpulkan 14. to take = mengambil 15. to employ = mempekerjakan B. Complete the following statements based on the text about a mail box. 1. A personal messenger of a letter is. 2. Most nations cooperate closely on postal matters because. 3. Generally, almost every country handles mail in. 4. A postman regularly collects all mails from. 5. is collected all letters, postcards and small parcels. Jawaban: 1. a postage stamp 2. much of the world s business depends upon the postal service 3. the same way 4. mailboxes 5. A central post office D. Create a report about the following picture. It is a warehouse. Use facts and avoid opinions. Picture source: October 10, 2009 < 136 UNIT 2 Reports

144 Contoh jawaban: A warehouse is a large building where goods are stored, and where they may be cataloged, shipped, or received, depending upon the type. Though in the past, many warehouses, often located in industrial areas sometimes next to major shipping ports, were teeming with workers. The modern warehouse may be either completely or totally automated depending upon how advanced the company is. Sometimes a manufacturing facility also has an attached warehouse, where their manufactured goods are stored until shipped. Warehouses have existed for several centuries, and the word itself is not hard to understand. Wares were the things possessed by a seller, and to house these in a central location meant you were storing your wares. Normally, though, modern warehouses may store not just the possessions of a single seller or manufacturer, but a host of different products. The principal operation of the place is receiving, getting in new products, and shipping out products already stored. Another important part of maintaining a good warehouse is keeping inventory of what products are presently in the warehouse, what has been shipped and what has been received. This process is again largely automated. Some companies benefit by having huge storage facilities. For instance if you order something from some of the larger online companies, you re generally asking them to obtain a product that exists in a huge warehouse. Amazon.com maintains several enormous warehouses devoted to different products. Another modern turn on the warehouse is the Big Box stores, true commercial buildings, like Costco. These may be called warehouse stores and they do look like mini versions of larger warehouses. Such stores tend to have concrete floors, and high shelves made of metal with products sold in bulk. Instead of spending a lot of money on merchandising and attractive displays these stores are able to stock more merchandise and can offer consumers much lower prices since they order so much more. However, such stores may also have warehouses from which they draw supplies, or they may need to order supplies from other companies that maintain warehouses. If you live near the storage facility of a manufacturer, you may be able to purchase things for reduced prices. For instance, a bakery might produces all their things on site, and have an on site storage facility, from which these things are shipped. When you go directly to the source of storage, particularly when goods are also manufactured there, you can usually buy things for less because the company does not have to pay anything to ship or merchandise the product elsewhere. Source: September 11, 2009 < 2.3 Short Functional Texts: Contest Announcements and Letters Spoken Text Read the following text. Attention, please. There will be a swimming contest for junior high school students. Those who are interested should enroll themselves to Mr. Parman not later than February the fifteenth. The contest will be held on February the twenty fifth. Get further information in a brochure attached to the announcement board. Thank you. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 137

145 The text is a spoken contest announcement. It is stated publicly. It usually starts with an expression of gaining attention or salutation and sometimes ends with an expression of thanking. It gives people information or news. It is usually short so that people can remember easily what it is about. The announcement contents depend on the events and the announcer s purpose. Written Text Read the following text. Dear Aunt Tia, Aunty, I have some good news for you. Last month I passed my final examination. A week ago I succeeded to join in a senior high school English competition. Last night my parents promised to send me to a famous English course in my town. They also promised me if my scores in English are good, they ll send me to a foreign university. Great, isn t it? I ll work hard. I want to be a great pediatrician like you, Aunty. Well, that s all for now. I m looking forward to hearing your news. Love, Debby Source: Ujian Nasional The text is a letter. A letter is a written message. There are many different sorts of letters, as follows: news or recounts, e.g. letter to friends or relatives, responses, e.g. apologies, complaints, requests or transactions, e.g. business letter. Here are what you should write on your letter. 1. Sender: return address and phone number and (optional). 2. To: date, name and address (for formal letters), salutation or greeting, e.g. Dear..., 3. Message: introduction, message and personal comment. 4. From: closing, e.g. Yours sincerely or Regards, followed with name. Letter tips: Write your address and the date. Greet people using their name. Write your message politely. Sign your name at the end. Source: September 29, 2010 < 138 UNIT 2 Reports

146 Remember Unit 1. Answer the questions below. 1. You write your feeling on a book. What is it called? Jawaban: It is a diary. 2. Do you have it? Why/Why not? Jawaban: I have it. Because I can recall what I have experienced in my life. A. Listen to your teacher. Complete the text based on what you have heard. Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: Attention, please. We invite you to participate in our school s first (1) cooking contest. Each class should be (2) represented by at least one group consisting of four students. Remember, you should enroll your groups to Ms. Yuni not later than January the (3) twenty first. The contest will be held on January the twenty ninth. For (4) further information, please read the brochure attached on the (5) announcement board. B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete announcement in Task A? Correct the false ones. 1. The announcement is about a cooking contest at school. 2. It is the second cooking contest held by the school. 3. Each group may consist of three students. 4. The closing date of the registration is January There is an announcement about the contest in the announcement board. Jawaban: 1. T 2. F (It is the first cooking contest held by the school.) 3. F (Each group consists of at least four students. It means it should consist of four or more than four students.) 4. F (The closing date of the registration is January 21.) 5. T C. Listen to your teacher. Write down the announcement you have heard. Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban: May I have your attention, please? Our school will hold a mid-term football competition. The competition will be held on Feburary the eleventh, Complete the registration form at the football club s room. Total prize of one million Rupiah is awaiting for the winners. For further information, please contact Norman at VIIIB. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 139

147 D. Listen to your teacher. Answer his/her questions based on the announcement you have written in Task C. Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru: 1. What is the announcement about? 2. Whom is the advertisement addressed to? 3. What is the requirement to join the contest? 4. Where can the students get the registration form? 5. How much money will the winners get? Jawaban: 1. A mid-term football competition. 2. To all the school s students. 3. Complete the registration form. 4. At the football club s room. 5. One million Rupiah. A. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box. a. announced b. the twentieth c. crossword puzzle d. valid ID card e. participate Attention, please. There will be the tenth (1) contest held by Teenlit Magazines. If you want to (2), send your answers and a copy of your (3) to Teenlit Magazines PO BOX 110 Jakarta. Don t forget to write your active phone number. There are a lot of prizes for you. So, send your answer of the puzzle before March the second, The winner will be (4) at Teenlit Magazines on March (5), Jawaban: 1. c 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. b Variasi: A. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B. A 1. puzzle 2. valid 3. teenlit 4. active 5. copy B a. legally effective because made or done with the correct procedure b. functioning or in operation c. functioning or in operation d. a thing that is usually difficult to answer e. teen writing, like short stories or novels Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c B. Make sentences using the words in column A. Jawaban: 1. My brother gave me a puzzle that made me headache. 2. To get a scholarship I need to enclose a copy of valid school report. 3. I like to read a teenlit, since the stories are close to my every day life. 4. A driving license is active for five years. 5. The teacher punished Dino for cheating by asking him to make a hundred copies of regretting letters. 140 UNIT 2 Reports

148 B. Answer the following questions based on the complete announcement in Task A. 1. What is the text about? Jawaban: A crossword puzzle contest. 2. Where should the participants send their answer of the puzzle? Jawaban: To Teenlit Magazines PO BOX 110 Jakarta. 3. When is the closing date of the contest? Jawaban: It is on March 2, When will the winner of the contest be announced? Jawaban: On March 20, Don t forget to write your active phone number. What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word? Jawaban: To remember. C. Retell the announcement in Task A using your own words. Contoh jawaban: Listen, all. Teenlit Magazines will hold the tenth crossword puzzle contest! If you are interested, send your answer to Teenlit Magazines, PO BOX 110 Jakarta. Please enclose the copy of your valid ID card, and attach your active phone number. There are a lot of prizes for all winners. Remember, the contest will be closed on March the second, The winner will be announced at Teenlit Magazines on March the twentieth, D. What announcement have you heard recently? Retell it using your own words. Contoh jawaban: Attention, please. There will be a traditional dancing contest. The contest is open for all junior high school students in this city. If you are interested, please enroll yourself to Ms. Nita, no more than October the fifth. The contest will be held on November the first. Get further information in the brochure attached to the announcement board near the teacher s office. A. Read the following text. Find the opposite meanings of the underlined words. Dear Lula, How are you? I m doing fine here. Last week I went to Batam for business. I m so sorry I could not come to visit you in Pekanbaru because it was only a short visit. I only stayed for one night. My colleague picked me up at the airport. Then, we continued our journey to the hotel. It was a very hot day. I remembered that I drank five cold drinks in one hour. I also visited Nagoya, Batam Center and Galang Island. I didn t forget to go shopping there. O.K., Lula. That s enough for now. Don t forget to write me soon. I do really want to know you better. Best regards, Susan Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs) PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 141

149 Jawaban: fine >< bad stayed >< left continued >< stopped forget >< remember soon >< later B. Answer the following questions based on the letter in Task A. 1. Who wrote the letter? Jawaban: Susan did. 2. Where does the writer s friend live? Jawaban: In Pekanbaru. 3. Why couldn t the writer visit her friend? Jawaban: Because it was only a short visit. 4. How was the day when the writer visited Batam? Jawaban: It was hot. 5. What activities did the writer do in Batam? Jawaban: She did a business, visited interesting places, such as Nagoya, Batam Center and Galang Island, and went shopping. C. Complete the following letter with the correct words from the box. a. students b. lessons c. factories d. population e. swimming team Cliffton School Newport, Gwent Wales March 15, 2010 Dear everyone, I don t live in England, I live in a big town called Newport. It is in the south of Wales. It has got a (1) of 120,000 people. My school is in the north of the town. Near the school there are shops, offices and cafes. A lot of (2) like football. After school they play football in the park near the sea. I don t like football. I go to the swimming pool near the bus station after school. I m in the school (3). I live about four kilometers from school. I don t walk to school, but by the school bus. There are a lot of factories near my flat. My mother works in one of the (4). My father doesn t work. On Saturday mornings I have guitar (5) in my teacher s house near the library and museum. Write and tell me about your town and school. Love, Anne Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Ibtidaiyah Kelas IX Edisi 4 Jawaban: 1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b 142 UNIT 2 Reports

150 A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a good letter. Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban: 5 I hope you can understand my condition. Yours sincerely, Tiara 3 On Tuesday night the creek flooded right into our house. On Wednesday afternoon my sister slipped in the mud and we had to wait at the hospital for house because her arm was broken. 2 First of all, I d like to apologize. I couldn t do my homework this week because we had a disaster every night. On Monday night during the hail storm, the power went off and stayed out until after breakfast. 4 Last night it rained again and the roof of my bedroom collapsed. My homework sheet is now buried forever! 1 Jalan Slamet Riyadi nomor 8 Surakarta Sunday, March 6, 2010 Dear Mr. Arifin, Adapted from: September 16, 2009 < Variasi: Complete the following statements based on the proper letter above. 1. The purpose of the letter is to. 2. On Monday night, the weather was. 3. On Tuesday night, the writer s house was. 4. The writer s sister was taken to the hospital because. 5. The roof of the writer s bedroom collapsed because of the rain on. Jawaban: 1. ask for an apology 2. stormy 3. flooded 4. she slipped in the mud and her arm was broken 5. Thursday night PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 143

151 B. Suppose your school will take part in a carnival. Write a letter to one of the extracurricular clubs in your school to help for the preparation. Contoh jawaban: Dear Sports Club members, Permata School Jalan Pegangsaan number 10, Jakarta February 28, 2010 We do appreciate the time you have given to help for of our previous carnivals. We couldn t do it without you. Once again we are requesting your expert assistants to help us make this year s carnival as successful as those in the past. We are expecting your presence in Permata Sports Complex on March 21, 2010 from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. Thank you for your time. We are looking forward to hearing from you soon. R.S.V.P.: March 14, 2010 Yours sincerely, Hermawan OSIS chairperson Adapted from: September 16, 2009 < Observe some restaurants in your town. Write about what the restaurants have in common. 144 UNIT 2 Reports

152 Read and memorize the words. Use the words whenever you speak English. to allow : mengizinkan bill : tagihan board : naik/masuk (pesawat, kapal) to conduct : mengadakan confused : bingung crossing : penyeberangan to define : mengartikan display : tampilan evaporation : penguapan to exceed : melebihi to float : mengapung formal : resmi frame : kerangka freight : pengiriman dengan pesawat independent : berdiri sendiri, mandiri to intend : bermaksud license : surat/kartu izin nautical : berhubungan dengan laut path : jalur pavement : trotoar pedestrian : pejalan kaki to reserve : memesan to serve : menyajikan skyscraper : pencakar langit traffic : lalu lintas PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 145

153 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the following dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. Verlita : Excuse me, Miss. Anything can I do for you? Ms. Donna : Yes, Verlita. What s the matter? Verlita : Yes, please. May I borrow your dictionary? I need to look up a new word. Ms. Donna : Sure. Here you are. Verlita : Thank you, Miss. I ll return it as soon as possible. Ms. Donna : No problem. 1. What is the dialog about? A. Lending a book. B. Returning a book. C. Borrowing a dictionary. D. Learning a new word. Jawaban: C Percakapan tersebut tentang meminjam kamus (borrowing a dictionary). Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Verlita, May I borrow your dictionary? yang direspons Bu Donna dengan berkata, Sure. Here you are. 2. Verlita said, I ll return it as soon as possible. What does the underlined word refer to? A. The book. B. The dictionary. C. The new word. D. The matter. Jawaban: B Kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada benda yang dipinjam dan akan segera dikembalikan, yaitu kamus (the dictionary). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan benda yang dipinjam Verlita. Read the following dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Noval : Excuse me, Sir. May I ask you something? Mr. Hotman : Certainly, Noval. What is it? Noval : I wonder if you could explain the respiratory system once again. Mr. Hotman : O.K. I ll explain it after the break time. Is it all right? Noval : Yes, Sir. Thank you. 3. During what lesson does the dialog take place? A. Math. B. Physics. C. Biology. D. Chemistry. Jawaban: C Berdasarkan frasa kunci the respiratory system yang artinya sistem pernapasan, dapat disimpulkan kalau percakapan itu berlangsung pada saat pelajaran biologi. 4. Noval said, May I ask you something? What does it mean? A. He is asking for information politely. B. He is offering something. C. He is instructing someone. D. He is requesting something. Jawaban: A Kalimat yang diucapkan Noval artinya Bolehkah saya bertanya?. Kalimat ini diucapkan untuk meminta informasi (asking for information). Read the following text and answer questions 5 to 7. Hotel A hotel is the home of guests and tourists when they are away from home. The first impression guests have of a hotel is the doorman and the bellboy at the door and the clerks at the front desk who greet them. The guests often form their opinion of the hotel by reception they receive. The guests are usually happy if they feel welcome and can get to their rooms quickly. Source: Ujian Nasional 2006/ What is the text mainly about? A. A description of a hotel in general. B. A place for guests and tourists. C. Guests opinions toward a hotel. D. A hotel s first impressions. Jawaban: A Teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang hotel secara umum, yang didukung dengan kalimatkalimat penjelas, misalnya tentang fungsi hotel dan kesan pertama tamu saat hendak menginap di suatu hotel. 6. The following are the impressions of a hotel that guests will have at first, except. A. the doorman B. the interior of the hotel C. the bellboy at the door D. the clerks at the front desk Jawaban: B Berdasarkan kalimat The first impression guests have of a hotel is the doorman and the 146 UNIT 2 Reports

154 bellboy at the door and the clerks at the front desk who greet them., yang bukan merupakan kesan pertama yang diperoleh tamu hotel adalah (B) yang artinya bagian dalam hotel. 7. What usually makes guests feel happy to stay in a hotel? A. When the hotel s clerks bring their luggage to their rooms. B. When front desk staff greet them and fill in the registration. C. When the doorman opens the door for them. D. When they soon get their room keys. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya apabila mereka segera memperoleh kunci kamar mereka benar karena merupakan hal yang membuat tamu hotel merasa senang. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks tersebut, yaitu The guests are usually happy if they feel welcome and can get to their rooms quickly. yang artinya Para tamu biasanya merasa senang apabila mereka merasa diterima dan dapat langsung pergi ke kamar mereka dengan cepat.. Read the following text and answer questions 8 to 10. Jalan Jendral Sudirman number 23 Bandung, East Jawa Dear Aunt Dewi, March 4, 2007 How clever of you to send me blue beads! I was planning to wear a blue sweater and a plaid skirt to the morning bazaar next Sunday, and the beads will match perfectly. Our bazaar is going to be bigger than ever this year. We re having exhibits of arts and crafts, books, food and flower arrangements. In the bazaar there will be folk dances and games. You should be there! Thank you again for your thoughtful gift. Your loving niece, Nita 8. What did Aunt Dewi give to Nita? A. Blue beads. B. A plaid skirt. C. A nice sweater. D. A big book. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat How clever of you to send me blue beads. yang artinya Sungguh (tante) sangat cerdik mengirimi saya manik-manik warna biru.. Jadi, yang diberikan Tante Dewi kepada Nita adalah blue beads. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks; (B) artinya rok yang diwiru, (C) artinya baju hangat yang cantik, dan (D) artinya buku besar. 9. Nita wanted Aunt Dewi to go to the bazaar because. A. her aunt promised to go there to run the bazaar B. she wanted Aunt Dewi to watch the folk dances and games C. she thought her aunt would not be busy then D. their flower arrangements would be exhibited there Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat In the bazaar there will be folk dances and games. You should be there! yang artinya Di bazar nanti akan ada tari-tarian daerah dan permainan. Tante sebaiknya juga datang ke sana.. Jadi, Nita ingin Tante Dewi pergi ke bazar karena ada pertunjukkan tari dan permainan. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya ia (Nita) ingin Tante Dewi melihat tari-tarian dan permainan benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai isi surat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya tantenya berjanji untuk pergi ke sana untuk mengurusi bazar itu, (C) artinya ia berpikir tantenya tidak akan sibuk, dan (D) artinya rangkaian-rangkaian bunga mereka akan dipamerkan di sana. 10. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE about Nita? A. She lived at Jalan Sudirman 23, Bandung. B. She wrote her letter on March 4, C. She was Ms. Dewi s loving younger sister. D. She liked the gift that Ms. Dewi gave. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 Jawaban: C Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks adalah (C) yang artinya ia (Nita) adalah adik perempuan Ibu Dewi tercinta. Pernyataan ini salah yang disimpulkan dari salam penutup PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 147

155 surat yang tertulis Your loving niece yang artinya Keponakan perempuanmu tercinta. Jadi, hubungan Nita dengan Ms. Dewi adalah keponakan dengan tantenya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi surat. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ia (Nita) tinggal di Jalan Sudirman 23, Bandung, sesuai dengan alamat pengirim yang tertulis di sudut kanan atas. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya ia (Nita) menulis surat itu pada tanggal 4 Maret 2007, sesuai dengan tanggal surat yang tertulis di sudut kanan atas surat. Pilihan jawaban (D) artinya ia (Nita) menyukai hadiah dari Ibu Dewi, sesuai dengan isi surat paragraf satu. Read the following text and answer questions 11 and 12. Attention, please. Persada Library Center is proud to announce a call for entries to the Annual Writing Contest. We seek original short stories from new young talented writers. The stories should be typed and consist of not more than twenty-five pages. The themes are love, peace and respect. For further information please visit Writing_Contest.com. This contest will be closed on March 20, The text is mainly about. A. story themes B. love, peace and respect C. a short story writing contest D. new young talented writers Jawaban: C Pengumuman tersebut tentang lomba menulis cerita pendek (a short story writing contest). Hal ini disimpulkan dari frasa kunci the Annual Writing Contest dan original short stories. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan data pendukung gagasan utama. 12. We seek original short stories from new young talented writers. The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. imitation B. abstract C. false D. authentic Jawaban: D Kata original artinya asli. Kata ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata authentic yang artinya juga asli. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya tiruan, (B) artinya abstrak, dan (C) artinya palsu. Read the following text and answer questions 13 to 15. Inns have served travelers since ancient times. The location of hotels has always been related to the transportation available. During colonial times hotels were usually situated in seaport towns, but by the end of the 18th century, many inns and taverns were constructed to offer lodgings along highway routes. After the construction of railroads in the 19th century, larger hotels were built near railroad stations to accommodate railway travelers. Standards of service and comfort rose appreciably, and in the larger cities the types of lodging offered by certain hotels became luxurious. Adapted from: Microsoft Encarta Reference Library, Where are hotels usually available? A. Quite far from the transportation available. B. Close to the transportation available. C. Near the railroad stations. D. Along highway routes. Jawaban: B Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua teks, yaitu The location of hotels has always been related to the transportation available. yang artinya Lokasi hotel biasanya terkait dengan transportasi yang ada.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 14. The following statements are TRUE according to the text, except. A. inns have served travelers for hundreds years B. the construction of railroads begun in the 19th century C. before colonial times hotels were usually built in seaport towns D. there were many larger hotels near railroad stations to accommodate railway travelers Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sebelum masa penjajahan hotel biasanya dibangun di kota-kota pelabuhan, salah karena bertentangan dengan kalimat ketiga, During colonial times hotels were usually situated in seaport towns,.... yang menerangkan bahwa selama masa penjajahan banyak hotel berdiri di kota-kota pelabuhan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat pertama, yaitu Inns have served travelers since ancient times. dari frasa kunci since ancient times yang berarti sejak ratusan tahun yang lalu (for hundreds years). Pilihan jawaban 148 UNIT 2 Reports

156 (B) dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat keempat, yaitu After the construction of railroads in the 19th century, larger hotels were built near railroad stations to accommodate railway travelers , and in the larger cities the types of lodging offered by certain hotels became luxurious. (Last sentence) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. expensive B. fabulous C. elegant D. spartan Jawaban: D Kata luxurious artinya mewah. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata spartan yang artinya tidak mewah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya mahal, (B) artinya luar biasa, dan (C) artinya anggun. For questions 16 and 17, choose the correct words to complete the following dialog. Teacher : O.K., class. That s my explanation about our electormoganetics. Now, open your book on page 92 (16) do the exercises. Sania : Excuse me, Sir. I haven t quite understood your last explanation. (17) you explain it once again, please? Teacher : O.K. Listen and pay attention, will you? Sania : Yes, Sir. 16. A. so B. or C. but D. and Jawaban: D Kalimat soal berbentuk kalimat majemuk setara (compound sentence) yang menggabungkan dua gagasan, yaitu membuka buku pelajaran (open your book on page 92) dan mengerjakan latihannya (do the exercises). Jadi, kata penghubung yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah and. Pilihan jawaban yang (A) kata gabung untuk menunjukkan hasil, (B) kata gabung untuk menyatakan pilihan, dan (C) kata gabung untuk makna yang bertentangan. 17. A. Could B. May C. Can D. Might Jawaban: A Kalimat soal diucapkan untuk meminta seseorang bersedia melakukan sesuatu, yaitu bersedia menjelaskan tentang proses pembuahan. Modal yang tepat diucapkan untuk meminta kesediaan adalah can atau could. Karena yang bertanya adalah siswa kepada gurunya, modal yang dipakai harus menunjukkan kesopanan, yaitu could. Read the following text and answer 18 to 20. What is an Iceberg? An iceberg is a great piece of ice floating in the sea. Berg is the German word for mountain. In the coldest parts of the earth, around the North and South Poles, land and sea are both covered by layers of ice, more than 300 meters deep at the center. Tongues of ice, called glaciers, stretch out into the open sea. The sea water melts the bottom parts of these glaciers, then the top part moves into the water with a great noise. The great piece of ice sinks for a short time under the surface, then it rises again, and floats away as a new iceberg. Some icebergs are many miles long, and travel for thousands of miles and several years before they finally melt. The part of an iceberg which can be seen above the water is only about one-ninth of the total size. The rest is hidden under the waves. One of the world s worst disasters at sea was in 1912 when the liner Titanic hit an iceberg and sank on her first journey, killing hundreds of passengers. Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Ibtidaiyah Kelas IX Edisi How many part of an iceberg is hidden under the waves? A. About one-ninth of the total size. B. Almost half of the total size. C. Around five-ninth of the total size. D. About eight-ninth of the total size. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar, yang disimpulkan dari kalimat The part of an iceberg which can be seen above the water is only about oneninth of the total size. The rest is hidden under the waves. yang artinya Bagian gunung es yang dapat dilihat di atas permukaan air hanya sekitar sepersembilan dari ukuran seluruhnya. Sisanya tersembunyi di bawah gelombang air.. Dengan kata lain, bagian gunung es yang terdapat di bawah air sekitar delapan per sembilan dari ukuran seluruhnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 19. The following statements are TRUE about the North and South Poles, except. A. they are the coldest parts of the earth B. land and sea are both covered by layers of ice C. there is a small piece of ice floating in the sea surrounding the poles D. the layers of ice in the poles are more than 300 meters deep at the center PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 149

157 Jawaban: C Penjelasan tentang Kutub Utara dan Selatan terdapat pada kalimat akhir paragraf pertama, yaitu In the coldest parts of the earth, around the North and South Poles, land and sea are both covered by layers of ice, more than 300 meters deep at the center.. Jadi, yang tidak benar tentang kedua kutub itu adalah (C) karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks , then it rises again, and floats away as a new iceberg. (Paragraph 2) What does the underlined word refer to? A. A great piece of iceberg. B. A tongue of ice called glacier. C. A new iceberg. D. Some icebergs. Jawaban: A Kata it merujuk pada subjek yang telah disebutkan pada klausa sebelumnya, yaitu The great piece of ice sinks for a short time under the surface, then it rises again, and floats away as a new iceberg.. Dengan demikian, kata it mengacu pada a great piece of iceberg. B. Write a report. Choose your own topic. Contoh jawaban: Ecosystem An ecosystem is a community of living things interacting with each other and their surroundings. It can be anything from a piece of rotting wood to a huge swamp. In every ecosystem, each organism depends on the others. When vegetation colonizes an area, the first plants to grow there are small and simple, such as mosses and lichens. Grass and sedges appear next. The simple plants stabilize the soil so that bigger and more complex plants can move in. This is called vegetation succession. Rainforest ecosystems cover only 8% of the world s plant and animal species. Green plants are autothrops, or producers, which means they make their own food. Animals are heterotrophs, or consumers, which means they get their food from other living things. Primary consumers are herbivores that eat plants. Secondary consumers are carnivores that eat herbivores or each other. Farming has a huge effect on natural ecosystems. It reduces the number of species dramatically. Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2: Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening. Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa. Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut. Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi kelas di pojok kanan atas. Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru. Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru. Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya. 150 UNIT 2 Reports

158 A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. 1. Soni : Dad, my school plans to have a camping next holiday.? Father : Okay, no problem. But, still you have to tell your mother about it. Soni : Will she permit me, Dad? Father : I think so. A. Is the activity beneficial for us B. Will I get nice experience C. May I join it, Dad D. Is camping a good activity 2. Aris : Can you drop by my house after school? There s something I want to give you. Adi :. But why don t you tell me what it is now? Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man. A. I don t think so B. Sure, I can C. I like it D. Fine, go ahead Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Read the following dialog and answer questions 3 and 4. Ms. Santi : O.K., students, tomorrow we are going to do an experiment. Please go to the lab directly, and make a group of four students. Fredy : Excuse me, Ma am. What should we Ms. Santi : prepare for the experiment? Open your book on page 35. There you ll find what you need for the experiment. Is it clear? Fredy : Yes, Ma am. Ms. Santi : O.K., class, see you tomorrow. 3. Where does the dialog happen? A. In the canteen. B. In the classroom. C. In the school hall. D. In the library. 4. What should the students do tomorrow? A. They should repeat what they say. B. They should prepare themselves for the test. C. They should review the previous lesson. D. They should go to the lab straightly. Read the following text and answer questions 5 to 7. Plants All living things on the earth belong to the plant or the animal family. The plant family gets food and water from the soil. They also need sunlight to grow. Some of them live in water and get their food from the water. There are thousands of plants. We can divide plants into two groups. There are the plants without stems, roots or leaves. These are the algae and the mosses. Both kinds of plants need a lot of water. So, algae are usually found in water and moss is found in wet places. The non-flowering plants have spores growing on the leaves. When they are dry, they are carried by the wind. Those spores that fall on wet soil start to grow again. These are some of the ways that plants live and multiply. Source: Ujian Nasional 5. What is the text about? A. The non-flowering plants. B. All living things on the earth. C. The general description of plant family. D. The plants without stems, roots or leaves. 6. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE about algae? A. They live in water. B. They need a lot of water. C. They grow well during the wet season. D. They do not have stems, roots or leaves. 7. We can divide plants into two groups. (Paragraph 3) The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. classify B. count C. define D. clarify Read the following text and answer questions 8 and 9. Listen, all. There will be a teenage music festival on April the fourth, All participants should be junior high students grade VII up to IX. Each group at least consists of a guitarist, a keyboardist and a singer. Get and complete the registration form at the nearest local radio station in your town. Total prize ten milions Rupiah is awaiting for the first, the second and the third winners. For further information please contact Ari at PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 151

159 8. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the text? A. The festival participants are students grade XI. B. The festival will be held on April the third, C. Each group may consist of two personnel. D. There are prizes for the top three. 9. Get and complete the registration form at the nearest local radio station in your town. What does the underlined word refer to? A. The listeners. B. The participants. C. All the winners. D. Students of junior high school s. Read the following text and answer questions 10 to 12. Dear Putri, Jalan Pujangga 29 Jakarta April 20, 2007 Putri, I m so glad knowing that you and your family will come here next holiday. We haven t met each other for a long time. I miss you so much. If you come here, I will show a new park in my town. It s a nice place. You said you and your family would go by train. However, I don t know when you will come here exactly. Please tell me the time, so I can pick you up at the railway station. Okay, that s all for now. Please reply soon. My love to auntie, uncle, and Raka. Love, Ratih 10. When will Putri s family come to Ratih s town? A. Last month. B. Next holiday. C. Before new year. D. In March. 11. What will Ratih show Putri s family? A. A new park. B. Her new place. C. A new train. D. A railway station. 12. How would Putri s family go to Ratih s house? A. By car. B. By bus. C. By train. D. By plane. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Read the following text and answer questions 13 to 15. Post offices in industrial countries have a policy to provide their customers with a better service. One of their better services is the handling of mails. Government also takes part to increase the function of post offices. Now, the postage rates have risen. Private firms are not normally allowed to handle ordinary mails, although some private carriers have been increasingly in circulating catalogues, magazines, and merchandise samples. Private parcel carriers also compete with the post office. The growth of electronic postal services has been a major development. In developing countries, the postal service is being extended to rural areas, and modernized into new technological developments. Many small nations earn valuable income from the stamp collectors. However, delivery of letters remains the main job of post officers and workers around the world. Adapted from: The World Book Encyclopedia, What are not normally permitted to deal with ordinary mails? A. Governments. B. Post offices. C. Private firms. D. The postage. 14. What is the main idea of paragraph 2? A. New technology in postal services. B. The growth of electronic postal services. C. The postal service in rural areas. D. The main job of post officers around the world. 15. Many small nations earn valuable income from the stamp collectors. (Paragraph 2) The opposite meaning of the underlined word is. A. dangerous B. vulnerable C. additional D. worthless For questions 16 and 17, choose the correct words to complete the following dialog. Febri : What are in your hand, Ana? Ana : Oh, these are photographs from my cousin. Febri : (16) I see them? Ana : Yes, you may. Here you are. Febri : Wow, he looks marvelous! Where was this picture taken? 152 UNIT 2 Reports

160 Ana : It was taken when he went to Mount Bromo. He likes going to mountains, (17) he hates going to beaches. He almost drowned when he was playing on the beach. Febri : I see. 16. A. Can B. May C. Could D. Might 17. A. so B. or C. but D. and Read the following text and answer questions 18 to 20. A Product Warranty A warranty is the basic agreement between a buyer and a seller; the buyer gives money in exchange for an item that the seller guarantees will work. For example, you want to buy an expensive item such as a camera, a refrigerator or a car, you listen carefully to the salesperson s explanation about the product. You should evaluate the feature of a product and determines that guarantees the dealer or manufacturer offers. When you finally purchase the item, you should put the product warranty in a safe place in case something goes wrong. Occasionally, a company requires the customer to send the registration card before the warranty goes into effect. Be sure to fill this out and send it in, or the company may not honor your warranty. There are two types of warranty; full and limited. A full warranty guarantees that the manufacturer will repair or replace an item or refund the purchase price if the item is defective. A limited warranty states that the manufacturer will repair defective parts of an item, but you usually have to take it or mail it back to the manufacturer, pay labor charges and include money for return shipping and handling costs. Both full and limited warranties have time limits, guarantee only certain parts of the product and do not cover damage by neglect or misuse. Source: Communicator I 18. What is the purpose of the text? A. To tell past events. B. To entertain the readers. C. To describe a particular thing. D. To describe the way things are. 19. The following statements are what you should do when you buy a product, except. A. evaluate the feature of the product B. send the registration card to the company C. determine that guarantees the dealer or manufacturer offers D. listen carefully to the salesperson s explanation about the product 20. A limited warranty states that the manufacturer will repair defective parts of an item,.... (Paragraph 4) The underlined word can be best replaced by. A. faulty B. improper C. perfect D. complete B. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box. a. computers b. destination c. addresses d. the Internet e. recipients f. the domain name g. abbreviation h. a text editor i. the user s name j. messages , (1) of the term electronic mail, is a method of transmitting data such as text files, digital photos, audio and video files from one computer to another, over an intranet or (2). enables computer users to send (3) and data quickly through a local area network or beyond through the Internet. users create and send messages from individual (4) using commercial programs. Most of these programs have (5) for composing messages. The user sends a message to one or more (6) by specifying destination addresses. The address of an message includes the source and (7) of the message. messages are addressed according to the following convention: the first part of the address contains (8), followed by the (9) (yahoo, google, etc.), the institution s or organization s name (com, edu, gov), and finally the country name (au, fr, uk). messages display headers and footers above and below the main message body. These parts record the sender s and recipient s names and (10), the times and dates of message transmission and receipt and the subject of the message. Most programs allow the user to send separate files attached to transmissions. This enables the user to append large text or graphics based files to messages. Source: Microsoft Encarta Reference Library 2008 PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 153

161 Jawaban Review Unit 2 A. Pilihan Ganda 1. C. Percakapan tersebut tentang rencana sekolah Soni yang akan mengadakan kegiatan kemah. Dalam percakapan tersebut Soni minta izin untuk ikut serta dalam kegiatan tersebut kepada ayahnya, sehingga ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi percakapan tersebut adalah ungkapan meminta izin, yaitu (C) yang artinya bolehkah saya ikut kemah, Ayah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya apakah kegiatan itu bermanfaat bagi kita (ungkapan meminta pendapat), (B) artinya akankah saya mendapat pengalaman yang indah, dan (D) artinya apakah camping itu kegiatan yang bagus. 2. B. Kalimat Aris Can you drop by my house after school? yang artinya Bisakah kamu mampir ke rumahku sepulang sekolah? merupakan ungkapan ajakan/undangan. Ungkapan tersebut menggunakan kata can yang menanyakan tentang kesanggupan seseorang. Jadi, ungkapan yang paling tepat untuk merespons ajakan tersebut adalah (B) Sure, I can yang artinya ya, saya bisa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya saya kira tidak (ungkapan memberi pendapat), (C) artinya saya menyukainya (ungkapan suka), dan (D) artinya baik, lanjutkan. 3. B. Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru dan murid dalam konteks pelajaran sekolah. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi di ruang kelas (in the classroom). 4. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Bu Santi, yaitu Please go to the lab directly and make a group of four students.. 5. C. Teks itu secara keseluruhan mendeskripsikan keluarga tumbuhan, yang terbagi menjadi dua kelompok lengkap dengan karakteristik tiap kelompok tumbuhan serta cara tumbuhan hidup dan berkembang biak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai pendukung dari gagasan utama. 6. C. Penjelasan tentang ganggang (algae) terdapat di paragraf dua. Berdasarkan kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf tersebut, yang bukan merupakan karakteristik ganggang adalah (C) yang artinya mereka (ganggang) hidup dengan baik pada musim hujan. Hal ini salah karena yang hidup di tempat basah sehingga dapat tumbuh dengan baik pada musim hujan adalah lumut (moss). 7. A. Kata divide mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata classify, yaitu mengelompokkan atau menggolongkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya menghitung, (C) artinya mendefinisikan, dan (D) artinya menjelaskan. 8. D. Pernyataan yang sesuai dengan isi pengumuman di atas adalah (D) yang artinya ada hadiah bagi tiga besar. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat Total prize ten milions rupiah is awaiting for the first, the second and the third winners. yang artinya Hadiah total sebesarlima juta rupiah menunggu pemenang pertama, kedua, dan ketiga.. Pilihan jawaban (A) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat All participants should be junior high students grade VII up to IX. ; (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat There will be a teenage music festival on April the fourth (April 4), ; dan (C) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat Each group at least consists of a guitarist, a keyboardist and a singer. yang berarti tiap kelompok setidaknya terdiri atas tiga orang. 9. A. Teks tersebut adalah pengumuman lisan yang disimpulkan dari salam pembuka, yaitu Listen, all.. Kata ganti your mengacu pada kepemilikan orang ketiga jamak, yaitu milik pendengar (the listeners ). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan orang yang dimaksud. 10. B. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat Putri, I m so glad knowing that you and your family will come here next holiday. yang artinya Putri, saya sangat senang mengetahui bahwa kamu dan keluargamu akan datang ke sini liburan mendatang.. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (B) Next holiday. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya bulan kemarin, (C) artinya sebelum tahun baru, dan (D) artinya bulan Maret (berarti bulan kemarin karena surat tertanggal bulan April). 11. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat If you come here, I will show a new park in my town. yang artinya Jika kamu datang ke sini, saya akan 154 UNIT 2 Reports

162 menunjukkan taman baru di kotaku.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya tempat Ratih yang baru, (C) artinya kereta api baru, dan (D) artinya stasiun kereta api. 12. C. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat You said you and your family would go by train. yang artinya Kamu mengatakan bahwa kamu dan keluargamu akan berangkat dengan kereta api.. Jadi, keluarga Putri akan pergi ke rumah Ratih dengan naik kereta apai (by train). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 13. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat dalam paragraf satu, yaitu Private firms are not normally allowed to handle ordinary mails,.... yang artinya Perusahaan swasta bisanya tidak diizinkan untuk menangani surat biasa,..... Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 14. B. Gagasan utama paragraf ini disebutkan pada kalimat pertama paragraf ini, yaitu The growth of electronic postal services has been a major development.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya sebagai pendukung gagasan utama, yaitu menjelaskan tentang pertumbuhan jasa pos. 15. B. Kata valuable berarti berharga. Kata ini berlawanan makna dengan kata worthless yang artinya tidak berharga. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya berbahaya, (C) artinya rentan, dan (D) artinya tambahan. 16. C. Kalimat Febri tersebut diucapkan untuk meminta sesuatu, yaitu melihat foto yang dibawa Ana. Berdasarkan respons Ana, yaitu Yes, you may., modal yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat permintaan itu adalah may. 17. D. Kalimat soal berbentuk kalimat majemuk setara (compound sentence) yang menghubungkan dua gagasan yang bertentangan, yaitu suka gunung ( He likes going to mountains.... ) dan benci pergi ke pantai (... he hates going to beaches. ). Jadi, kata penghubung yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal untuk menghubungkan dua makna yang bertentangan adalah but. Pilihan jawaban yang (A) kata gabung untuk menunjukkan hasil, (B) kata gabung untuk menyatakan pilihan, dan (D) kata gabung untuk makna gabungan. 18. D. Teks tersebut secara keseluruhan mendeskripsikan garansi produk secara umum, yang meliputi dari mana garansi itu berasal dan yang harus dilakukan untuk memperoleh garansi produk, serta macammacam garansi produk. Karena mendeskripsikan garansi produk secara umum, teks tersebut berbentuk report yang memiliki tujuan untuk mendeskripsikan sesuatu seperti pada umumnya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) tujuan recount, (B) tujuan narrative, dan (C) tujuan descriptive. 19. B. Hal yang tidak dilakukan saat membeli suatu barang adalah mengirimkan kartu pendaftaran ke perusahaan karena langkah ini dilakukan untuk mengefektifkan garansi produk yang ditawarkan perusahaan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain adalah hal yang seharusnya dilakukan saat membeli barang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan penjelasan pada paragraf pertama. Pilihan jawaban (A) dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat You should evaluate the feature of a product and determines that guarantees the dealer or manufacturer offers. ), sedangkan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat For example, you want to buy..., you listen carefully to the salesperson s explanation about the product A. Kata defective memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata faulty, yaitu cacat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya tidak patut, (C) artinya sempurna, dan (D) artinya lengkap. B. Isian Jawaban: 1. g 2. d 3. j 4. a 5. h 6. e 7. b 8. i 9. f 10. c PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 155

163 Petunjuk Umum: Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk report yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks. Text 1 Underground Railways Underground railways have many names, such as subways, metros or tubes. In some modern big cities, such as New York or London, most people prefer going to work by subways to by their own cars or buses. They do it to avoid the heavy traffic that often occurs in city centers. Moreover, this public transport can carry hundreds of passengers quickly. There are three kinds of underground railways. They are open-cut, cut-and-cover and tube. Open-cut subways are built by digging rectangular ditches in streets. You can find many of them in New York, America. Cut-and-cover subways are when an open-cut subway is covered again with a road or pavement. Meanwhile, the tubes are deep, round tunnels created by boring through the ground, like most of London s lines. Source: September 2, 2008 <http// Text 2 Newspapers I ve once heard someone who said that All I know is what I read in newspapers. This is an uncommon expression, but I m sure it is true that newspapers are important sources of information. Many people begin their day by reading the papers. In this way they learn what is going on in the world. However, sometimes they don t have time to read the news carefully and must be satisfied with a quick look at the front page; at other times they may be in such a hurry that they only have time to glance at the headlines. There are newspapers to satisfy every reader. In big cities there are many types of papers, with several different editions every day. Some years ago, in small towns there were fewer newspapers and perhaps only one edition each day, but now the situation is different. In some areas, the papers are printed weekly. Most newspapers have several sections, especially on Sunday when the edition is larger than usual. There are, in addition to the front page with the most important news, the sports section, the society page, the comics, the amusement section, the business page and the editorial. Another type of publication which helps people keep informed is a magazine. Some magazines are published weekly; others are issued monthly. There are news magazines and magazines for special interests such as photography, sport, art and music. Some are primarily for men, others for women, and there is a selection of children magazines too. Source: Ujian Nasional 156 UNIT 2 Reports

164 Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Read the following text to answer question 1. Please check in your baggage one hour before boarding time 1. Where do you find the caution? A. At the railway station. B. At the harbor. C. At the airport. D. At the bus station. Jawaban: C Kalimat tersebut artinya Lakukanlah check-in kopor Anda satu jam sebelum waktu keberangkatan. Kalimat seperti ini biasa kita jumpai di bandara (airport). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya stasiun kereta api, (B) artinya pelabuhan, dan (D) artinya stasiun bus. Read the text to answer question 2. Makassar, May 27, 2009 Dear Sinta, Congratulations on your success in the examination! I am very proud of you. Your best friend, Isty 2. Isty is very pleased with Sinta because she has in her examination. A. won B. succeeded C. done D. joined Jawaban: B Dalam teks tersebut Isty mengatakan, Congratulations on your success in the examination! yang artinya Selamat atas kesuksesanmu dalam ujian.. Berdasarkan kata kunci success, kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat soal adalah succeeded yang artinya berhasil. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya menang, (C) artinya mengerjakan, dan (D) artinya bergabung. Read the text and answer questions 3 and 4. From: Just to inform you that the meeting will be canceled for tomorrow Mon, May at 10 a.m. as the principal will arrive from Singapore tonight. Lilian 3. From the text we know that. A. the principal was away when the message was sent B. the sender cannot attend the meeting C. the principal will wait for the meeting that day D. the sender was in Singapore when he sent the message Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari kalimat... as the principal will arrive from Singapore tonight. yang artinya... karena kepala sekolah akan tiba dari Singapura nanti malam.. Jadi, saat pesan itu dikirim, kepala sekolah sedang berada di Singapura (the principal was away when the message was sent). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya pengirim tidak dapat menghadiri pertemuan, (C) yang artinya kepala sekolah akan menunggu untuk pertemuan hari itu, dan (D) artinya pengirim berada di Singapura saat ia mengirim pesan itu. 4. The short message is written to. A. tell what had happened in the meeting B. inform the cancelation of a meeting C. say that the principal won t come to the meeting D. inform that the sender has just arrived from Singapore Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat Just to inform you that the meeting will be canceled for tomorrow.... yang artinya Hanya ingin memberi tahu Anda bahwa pertemuan itu ditunda sampai besok..... Jadi, pesan singkat itu untuk memberitahukan penundaan pertemuan (inform the cancelation of a meeting). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya mengatakan apa yang telah terjadi PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 157

165 pada pertemuan itu, (C) artinya mengatakan bahwa kepala sekolah tidak akan hadir pada pertemuan, dan (D) artinya memberikan informasi bahwa pengirim baru saja datang dari Singapura. Read the following text and answer questions 5 and 6. Read the text and answer questions 7 to 9. Scout Association of SMP Bunga Bangsa Semarang To: All Scout Members We are going to go camping at Bringin area, from June 14 16, The contribution is Rp75, Members who would like to join the activity should register their names to Mrs. Katmiati. Registration will be on June 10, Naufal A. C. The Chief 5. The persons who may join the party are VIIIA students and their. A. couples B. relatives C. parents D. friends Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Bring one or two friends and.... yang artinya Bawalah satu atau dua teman..... Jadi, orang yang dapat mengikuti pesta itu adalah siswa kelas VIIIA dan teman mereka. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pasangan, (B) artinya kerabat, dan (C) artinya orang tua. 6. The text is written a dinner party. A. to announce students to have B. to invite people to go to C. to inform people to decline D. to force students to go to Jawaban: B Dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat Hi friends, we are having a DINNER PARTY on Wednesday August 13 in Class VIIIA at eight o clock.... All students of VIIIA are supposed to join. yang artinya Hai, teman-teman, kami akan mengadakan pesta makan malam pada hari Rabu tanggal 13 Agustus di Kelas VIII A pada pukul delapan. Semua siswa kelas VIIIA diharapkan ikut.. Dari sini diketahui bahwa teks tersebut bermaksud mengundang orang ke pesta makan malam (to invite people to go to a dinner party). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks; (A) artinya untuk memberi tahu siswa untuk mengadakan (pesta makan malam), (C) artinya untuk memberi tahu orang untuk menolak (pesta makan malam), dan (D) artinya untuk memaksa siswa datang ke (pesta makan malam). 7. To whom is the announcement above? A. Mrs. Katmiati. B. The chief of the association. C. All scout members. D. Scout association of SMP Bunga Bangsa Semarang. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat To: All Scout Members yang artinya Untuk: Semua Anggota Pramuka. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 8. When will the camping activity start? A. June 10, B. June 14, C. June 15, D. June 16, Jawaban: B Undangan tersebut diawali dengan kalimat We are going to go camping at Bringin area, from June 14 16, yang artinya Kita akan pergi berkemah di daerah Bringin, dari tanggal 14 sampai 16 Juni Jadi, kegiatan kemah dimulai pada tanggal 14 Juni. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. 9. The contribution is Rp75.000,00. What is the meaning of the underlined word? A. Food, drinks or services which are provided by an organization for guests. B. Sum of money that is given to a person or organization to pay for something. C. The act of making official report of something or someone. D. Payment made by someone because he has a debt. 158 Latihan Ujian Nasional

166 Jawaban: B Kata contribution artinya iuran. Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan (B) sum of money that is given to a person or organization to pay for something yang artinya sejumlah uang yang diberikan kepada seseorang atau organisasi untuk membayar sesuatu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya makanan, minuman, atau pelayanan yang disediakan oleh sebuah organisasi untuk para tamu (disebut accomodation), (C) artinya pembuatan laporan resmi mengenai sesuatu atau seseorang, dan (D) artinya pembayaran yang dilakukan oleh seseorang karena ia mempunyai hutang. Read the text and answer questions 10 to 12. My favorite thing is aquarium. It is a place in which aquatic plants and animals, particularly fish, are kept. The term is applied to single tanks for home use in which fish are kept for their decorative effect and interesting habits, and to public institutions with tanks for exhibition and scientific study of aquatic life. I make home aquariums to stimulate a natural environment. Aquatic plants supply the oxygen needed by the fish, but often an aerating device is used to furnish additional oxygen. Goldfish enjoy cool water, but the popular tropical fish must have water at a constant temperature of 22 C (72 F) or more. I must keep the water pure and free of algae for long periods by sufficient aeration and by keeping mollusks in the aquarium. A layer of sand or gravel at the bottom of the tank will hold the roots of such important aquatic plants as tape grass, vallisneria spiralis, and aid in the removal of debris. My home aquariums range in size from small fishbowls holding two or three pets to huge tanks. 10. To give additional oxygen, is used in a home aquarium. A. a natural environment B. aquatic plants C. an aerating device D. a layer of sand Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua, yaitu... but often an aerating device is used to furnish additional oxygen. yang artinya... tetapi sering kali alat pencampur udara digunakan untuk memberi tambahan oksigen.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya lingkungan alam, (B) artinya tanaman-tanaman air, dan (D) artinya selapis pasir. 11. Which is NOT needed to stimulate a natural environment in a home aquarium? A. Putting aquatic plants in the aquarium. B. Using a suitable aerating device. C. Keeping mollusks in the aquarium. D. Removing the debris regularly. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat A layer of sand or gravel at the bottom of the tank will... aid in the removal of debris. yang artinya Satu lapisan pasir atau kerikil di bagian dasar tangki... akan membantu menghilangkan kotoran.. Jadi, pemilik akuarium tidak perlu membersihkan kotoran secara teratur karena sudah ada pasir/ kerikil yang dapat membantu menghilangkan kotoran. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat Aquatic plants supply the oxygen needed by the fish yang artinya Tanaman-tanaman air menyediakan oksigen yang diperlukan ikan, (B) sesuai dengan kalimat... but often an aerating device is used to furnish additional oxygen. yang artinya... tetapi sering alat pencampur udara digunakan untuk memberi tambahan oksigen., (C) sesuai dengan kalimat I must keep the water pure... by keeping mollusks in the aquarium. yang artinya Saya harus tetap menjaga air murni... dengan memelihara kerang-kerangan di dalam akuarium What is the above passage about? A. The writer s home aquariums. B. A natural environment. C. Making an aquarium. D. Aquatic plants and animals. Jawaban: A Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut mendeskripsikan akuarium penulis, sehingga pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (A) yang artinya akuarium rumah penulis. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya lingkungan alam, (C) artinya pembuatan akuarium, dan (D) artinya tanamantanaman dan hewan-hewan air. Read the text and answer questions 13 to 15. Yesterday night was the night of the fair, the following day was holiday. The children at Tim s school were really excited. They ran down the path out of school as fast as they could. Tim ran all the way home, and changed into his jeans and sneakers. He ate his dinner quickly, and sat at the window waiting for his dad to come. He couldn t wait for six o clock when the fair would begin. He had been saving his pocket money for weeks. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 159

167 When Tim and his family arrived at the fair, it had just opened. Already there were crowds of people swarming around food stalls, displays and dozens of rides. Can I buy some chips and a drink? asked Tim. O.K., said Tim s dad. But hang on tightly to your wallet. There are a lot of people around. I ll be fine, said Tim impatiently. He found a food stall, and ordered his food. When the man brought his chips and drink, without thinking, Tim put his wallet on the counter and picked up his food and drink. When he glanced back, his wallet had vanished! Tim desperately looked around him, but it was no use. All his pocket money was gone. Source: Exploring Writing by Sue Garnett 13. The fair started. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. in the evening D. after school Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat Yesterday night was the night of the fair, the following day was holiday. yang artinya Kemarin malam adalah malam pekan raya, besoknya adalah hari libur.. Dari sini diketahui bahwa pekan raya mulai pada malam hari (in the evening). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pagi hari, (B) artinya siang hari, dan (D) artinya sepulang sekolah. 14. The children at Tim s school felt excited because. A. they would go to the fair B. the following night was a holiday C. their parents came to visit them D. they got new jeans and sneakers Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat Yesterday night was the night of the fair, the following day was holiday. The children at Tim s school were really excited. yang artinya Kemarin malam adalah malam pekan raya, besoknya adalah hari libur. Anakanak di sekolah Tim sangat senang.. Jadi, yang menyebabkan anak-anak itu senang adalah karena mereka akan pergi ke pekan raya dan esok harinya mereka libur. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya esok malamnya adalah hari libur, (C) artinya orang tua mereka akan mengunjungi mereka, dan (D) artinya mereka mendapatkan celana jeans dan sepatu karet baru. 15. When he glanced back, his wallet has vanished! (Last paragraph) The underlined word means. A. moved B. disappeared C. stolen D. changed Jawaban: B Kata vanished artinya lenyap. Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan jawaban (B) disappeared. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pindah, (C) artinya mencuri, dan (D) artinya berubah. Read the following text to answer questions 16 to 18. Creole Onion Soup This is a traditional French dish adapted by the Creoles of New Orleans. It is sometimes known as Looney soup. Ingredients: 75 gr unsalted butter 6 large onions, peeled and sliced Salt and pepper 1 tbsp brown sugar 600 ml beef stock 60 gr plain flour 2 tsp soy sauce 1 tsp Worcester sauce 6 slices of French bread 6 tbsp grated cheese Pic. source: September 20, 2009 < upload.wikimedia.org--- Plate_french_onion_soup> Method: 1. Melt butter slowly. 2. Add sliced onion, a pinch of salt and pepper and the sugar. 3. Cook on a low heat, stirring from time to time, until the onions have browned. 4. Add beef stock and bring to the boil. 5. Sift the flour, stirring hard to avoid lumps. 6. Add chicken stock. 7. Simmer for 3 4 hours. 8. Add sauces. 9. Top each bowl with bread and cheese, and place under grill for two minutes until cheese has melted. The bowls will be hot, so warn your guests. It is a very filling soup so you won t want much else to eat. It should be served for 4 to 6 people. 16. How much Worcester sauce do you need to make creole onion soup? A. One tsp. B. One tbsp. C. Two tsp. D. Six tbsp. 160 Latihan Ujian Nasional

168 Jawaban: A Pada bagian Ingredients tertulis 1 tsp Worcester sauce yang artinya 1 sendok teh saus Worcester. Jadi, saus Worcester yang dibutuhkan sebanyak satu sendok teh. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya satu sendok makan, (C) artinya dua sendok teh, dan (D) artinya enam sendok makan. 17. Why should you warn your guests while having the soup? A. You won t want much else to eat. B. The bowl is placed under grill. C. The cheese has melted. D. The bowls are hot. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat The bowls will be hot, so warn your guests. yang artinya Mangkuk-mangkuk itu akan terasa panas, jadi peringatkanlah tamutamu Anda.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya Anda tidak akan menginginkan yang lain untuk dimakan, (B) artinya mangkuk itu diletakkan di bawah alat pemanggang, dan (C) artinya kejunya sudah mencair. 18. Simmer for 3 4 hours. What does simmer mean? A. Boil gently. B. Stir carefully. C. Sift smoothly. D. Melt slowly. Jawaban: A Kata simmer artinya didihkan dengan api kecil. Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan jawaban (A) boil gently yang artinya didihkan dengan hati-hati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya aduk dengan hati-hati; (C) artinya ayak dengan halus, dan (D) artinya cairkan perlahan-lahan. Read the text to answers questions 19 to 22. Once upon a time, there were two butterflies, Teri and Roni. They are friends. Teri and Roni had the same crown. One day, Kodi a frog, saw Teri and Roni quarreling. You took it! said Roni. No. I did not! said Teri. Hey, what s the matter? asked Kodi. Teri stole my crown! said Roni. No. I didn t, said Teri. Yesterday, I still had my crown when she came to visit me, said Roni. Today I cannot find the crown! Look! She is wearing it! Roni shouted. My mom gave me this crown, Teri explained. Kodi suggested they all went to Roni s house. Where did you put it? said Kodi to Roni. I put it on the table, Roni answered. They didn t find the crown. Maybe it fell down. Kodi looked under the table. Nothing was there. It was my favorite crown! Roni sobbed. I didn t steal yours, but if you like it so much, you can have mine, Teri gave Roni the crown. It s here! Kodi saw the crown behind the curtain. Roni stopped crying, Thank God, Kodi found it! Sorry, Teri, I accused you. I m a terrible friend! It s O.K., said Teri. Let s say thanks to Kodi! 19. Where did Kodi find the crown? A. Under the table. B. On the table. C. Behind the curtain. D. In the house. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat It s here! Kodi saw the crown behind the curtain. yang artinya Itu di sini! Kodi melihat mahkota itu di belakang korden.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya di bawah meja, (B) artinya di atas meja, dan (D) artinya di dalam rumah. 20. I put it on the table, Roni answered. (line 16) What does the underlined word refer to? A. The crown. B. The house. C. The table. D. The curtain. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat-kalimat sebelumnya yang membahas mengenai pertengkaran antara Roni dan Teri karena hilangnya mahkota Roni. Jadi kata it dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada mahkota Roni. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya rumah, (C) artinya meja, dan (D) artinya korden. 21. From the story, we can learn that. A. trusting each other is very important B. the goodness is always the winner C. a wise friend can be trusted D. we shouldn t accuse of others without proof Jawaban: D Dalam cerita itu terlihat bahwa Roni telah menuduh Teri mengambil mahkotanya, dan ternyata pada akhirnya diketahui bahwa mahkota itu tidak dicuri Teri, melainkan tersembunyi di balik korden. Dari sini pelajaran yang dapat diambil ialah kita seharusnya tidak boleh menuduh orang sembarangan tanpa PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 161

169 bukti. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (D) yang artinya kita sebaiknya tidak menuduh orang lain tanpa bukti. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya saling mempercayai sangat penting, (B) artinya kebaikan selalu menjadi pemenang, dan (C) artinya seorang teman yang bijaksana dapat dipercaya. 22. From the story above we can conclude that Kodi is a friend. A. wise B. good C. polite D. happy Jawaban: A Dalam teks tersebut Kodi menyarankan Roni dan Teri untuk pergi ke rumah Roni bersamasama, dan ternyata ia dapat menemukan mahkota itu di sana. Jadi, Kodi mampu bersikap bijaksana (wise). Read the text and answer questions 23 and 24. Y2K VCD LENS CLEANER Can make your VCD player in the best operating condition. It can remove the dirt from laser lens thoroughly. Always keep the sound and picture clear when playing. The cleaning disc will show you the perfect motion and sound after cleaning. Protect your VCD player long lasting effectively. REMARK If the result is still bad after the normal cleaning, it may be the problem of disc or machine of VCD. Please send to professional maintenance. DIRECTIONS Dry type cleaning: Insert VCD lens cleaner into your player, press the play button. The disc will then spin to start cleaning process. When cleaning is finished, you will be played with preset program to show you the perfect result of cleaning. Carefully replace the cleaner in the case. 23. What can Y2K VCD lens cleaner do to your VCD player? A. Help it much stronger. B. Make the VCD run faster. C. Remove the dirt from laser lens. D. Keep the sound very audible. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat It can remove the dirt from laser lens thoroughly. yang artinya (Y2K VCD lens cleaner) dapat menghilangkan kotoran dari lensa laser secara menyeluruh.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya membantunya lebih kuat, (B) artinya membuat VCD bekerja lebih cepat, dan (D) artinya membuat suara dapat terdengar. 24. Carefully replace the cleaner in the case. (Last line) The underlined word has a similar meaning to. A. take to B. clean carefully C. change into another D. put it back Jawaban: D Dalam konteks kalimat itu, kata replace paling tepat diartikan mengembalikan, sehingga pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (D) yang artinya mengembalikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya suka kepada, (B) artinya membersihkan dengan hati-hati, dan (C) artinya menggantinya dengan yang lain. Read the text and answer questions 25 and 26 The Earth s greatest gorge, the Grand Canyon is located in northwestern Arizona. Its vastness is 217 mile long, and its widest spans over 17 miles across. It is not surprising that it has been designated one of the Seven Wonders of the World. The walls of the canyon are made of limestone, sandstone, lava and other rocks. As the day passes, the rocks reflect different colors. Many tourists come to the canyon just to watch the rocks change color. Cottonwood and willow trees grow at the bottom of the canyon. Many varieties of cactus grow here as well. The canyon is also home to many animals, such as bobcats, coyotes, kangaroo rats and deer. Today about 4 million visitors come to Grand Canyon each year. Seeing the Grand Canyon is always a breathtaking and unforgettable experience. 25. What makes the visitors feel interested watching the rocks? A. They have different sizes. B. They reflect human s life. C. They can change into different color. D. They can change their form. Jawaban: C Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, yaitu 162 Latihan Ujian Nasional

170 As the day passes the rocks reflect different colors. Many tourists come to the canyon just to watch the rocks change color. yang artinya Seiring berlalunya waktu, batu-batu itu memantulkan warna yang berbeda. Banyak turis datang ke ngarai tersebut hanya untuk melihat batu-batu itu berubah warna.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya (batu-batu itu) mempunyai ukuran yang berbeda, (B) artinya (batu-batu itu) mencerminkan kehidupan manusia, dan (D) artinya (batu-batu itu) dapat berubah bentuk Grand Canyon is always a breathtaking and unforgettable experience. (Last paragraph) The underlined word has the same meaning as. A. strong emotional B. available C. amazing D. unbelievable Jawaban: C Kata breathtaking artinya mempesonakan. Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan jawaban (C) amazing yang artinya mengagumkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya emosi yang kuat, (B) artinya tersedia, dan (D) artinya luar biasa. Questions 27 to 29 are based on the text. Have you ever visited a place which made you want to stay forever? I have. Last year, I went to Situ Cileunca. At first, I thought the place was only the same as other places in Bandung. But I was very surprised to find that it was the most beautiful place I ve ever visited. There were fantastic meadows, a lake and a river. The meadow was very large. In the middle of the meadow there were many cows and sheep. All the animals were fat and healthy because they could easily get some grass in that large meadow. At the edge of the meadow, there was a small river. The water in the river was very cold. But, the sound of the streaming water was good to hear, especially in the evening. Not far away from the herd of cattle, there was a lake. The lake wasn t too big, but it was very beautiful. The water was very clear and clean. We could see many fish in the lake. The most amazing thing was the water itself. It was not cold; although, the weather around was extremely freezing. Unfortunately, I stayed there for just three days because we had to go back to Jakarta. But I have promised myself to come back later. 27. What does the writer tell you about? A. Visiting fantastic meadows. B. Living in Situ Cileunca. C. Seeing many fish in the lake. D. Visiting Situ Cileunca. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat pada paragraf satu, Last year, I went to Situ Cileunca. At first, I thought the place was only the same as other places in Bandung. yang artinya Tahun lalu, saya pergi ke Situ Cileunca. Pada awalnya, saya pikir tempat itu saam dengan tempat-tempat lain di Bandung.. Jadi, topik teks tersebut mengenai kunjungan ke Situ Cileunca. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya mengunjungi padang rumput yang luar biasa, (B) artinya menetap di Situ Cileunca, dan (C) artinya melihat banyak ikan di danau. 28. What does paragraph three tell us about? A. The beauty of the lake. B. The weather around the lake. C. The fish in the lake. D. The water in the river. Jawaban: A Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal paragraf Not far away from the herd of cattle, there was a lake. The lake wasn t too big, but it was very beautiful. yang artinya Tidak jauh dari kawanan ternak itu, ada sebuah danau. Danau itu tidak begitu besar, tetapi sangat indah.. Dari sini diketahui bahwa topik paragraf itu mengenai keindahan danau. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya cuaca di sekitar danau itu dan (C) yang artinya ikan di danau itu salah karena hanya merupakan kalimat-kalimat pendukung. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya air di sungai itu salah karena paragraf ini mengenai danau, bukan sungai. 29. Why was the writer very surprised? A. The place was exceptional. B. The weather around the lake was cold. C. The fish in the lake was beautiful. D. The water was warm. Jawaban: A Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan kalimat akhir paragraf satu But I was very surprised to find that it was the most beautiful place I ve ever visited. yang artinya Akan tetapi, saya sangat terkejut ketika mengetahui bahwa tempat itu merupakan tempat terindah yang pernah saya kunjungi.. Jadi, yang PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 163

171 membuat penulis sangat terkejut adalah (A) yang artinya tempat itu luar biasa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya cuaca di sekitar danau dingin, (C) artinya ikan di danau itu bagus, dan (D) artinya air di sana hangat. Read the following text and answer questions 30 to 33. Do you know that a giraffe may grow more than six meters tall? Yes, the giraffe is a very tall animal. In fact, it is the tallest animal in the world. A giraffe has a very long neck.unfortunately, the giraffe cannot bend its neck easily. Thus, when it wants to drink water at a pool, the giraffe has to spread its front legs apart, so it can reach the water. A giraffe feeds on plant only. Hence, it can reach the leaves on trees easily because of its height. Also, a giraffe has a very long tongue about 0.5 meters long. The giraffe uses this long tongue skillfully to pick leaves off plants and trees. This tall animal can protect itself very well. It has a very good sense of smell and sight. It can hear very well, too. Finally, it can gallop very fast at a speed of 50 km.p.h. The giraffe s hind legs and long neck are also very useful. For example, a giraffe can kick its enemy with its hind legs or even hit out with its long neck. 30. What does a giraffe use to kick its enemy? A. Front legs. B. A bent neck. C. Hind legs. D. A long tongue. Jawaban: C Kalimat kedua paragraf lima adalah For example, a giraffe can kick its enemy with its hind legs or even hit out with its long neck. yang artinya Contohnya, seekor jerapah dapat menendang musuhnya dengan kaki-kaki belakangnya atau bahkan menyerangnya dengan lehernya.. Jadi, jerapah menendang musuhnya dengan kaki belakangnya (hind legs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kaki-kaki depan, (B) artinya leher yang dibengkokkan, dan (D) artinya lidah yang panjang. 31. What can a giraffe do with its height? A. It may grow more than six meters tall. B. Its legs must be spread apart for drinking. C. It is able to reach the leaves on trees. D. It can gallop at speed of 50 km.p.h. Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua paragraf tiga, yaitu Hence, it can reach the leaves on trees easily because of its height. yang artinya Oleh karena itu, (jerapah) dapat mencapai daun-daun pada pohon dengan mudah karena badannya yang tinggi.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya (jerapah) dapat tumbuh lebih dari enam meter, (B) artinya kakinya harus direntangkan agar dapat minum, dan (D) artinya (jerapah) dapat berlari cepat dengan kecepatan 50 km per jam. 32. What does the text tell us about? A. The protective animal. B. The height of giraffe. C. The giraffe s long tongue. D. Giraffes in general. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena teks tersebut mendeskripsikan jerapah secara umum. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya merupakan gagasan-gagasan pendukung. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya hewan yang dilindungi, (B) artinya tinggi jerapah, dan (C) artinya lidah panjang jerapah can protect itself very well. (Paragraph 4) What does the underlined word mean? A. Having serious attention. B. Keeping safe from danger. C. Increasing in height. D. Taking care seriously. Jawaban: B Kata protect artinya melindungi. Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya menyelamatkan diri dari bahaya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya mempunyai perhatian yang serius, (C) artinya bertambah tinggi, dan (D) artinya merawat dengan serius. 164 Latihan Ujian Nasional

172 Read the text and answer questions 34 to How many rooms does Hotel Jayakarta have for the guests? A. 39 B. 45 C. 54 D. 136 Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan frasa pada awal teks, yaitu 136 guestrooms including 1 Penthouse (3 bedrooms), 1 Presidential suite (3 bedrooms), 54 Jayakarta Suites, 39 Executive and 45 Deluxe Rooms.. Dari sini diketahui bahwa jumlah kamar yang dimiliki hotel Jayakarta untuk tamu adalah 136. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah jumlah kamar eksekutif, (B) adalah jumlah kamar deluxe, dan (C) adalah jumlah kamar Jayakarta suite. 35. Which is INCORRECT about the hotel? A. There are three bedrooms in Penthouse. B. Its function rooms can accomodate more than one thousand people. C. The guests can bring their children on the sandy beach near it. D. It provides its guest with an open air swimming pool. Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat Banquet and function facilities are available... for up to participants. yang artinya Fasilitas ruang untuk perjamuan dan fungsi lain... sampai 1000 orang.. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat... 1 Penthouse (3 bedrooms), (C) sesuai dengan kalimat... open air swimming pool, where you can bring your children to play around on a sand beach atmosphere., dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat Recreation facilities wrapped in a unique shape of open air swimming pool Banquet and function facilities are available... The underlined word means we can easily. A. find B. provide C. refuse D. force Jawaban: A Kata available artinya tersedia. Kata ini berarti kita dapat menemukannya dengan mudah. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (A) yang artinya menemukan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya menyediakan, (C) artinya menolak, dan (D) artinya memaksa. Read the text and answer questions 37 to 40. Dear Irfan, I am very glad to write this letter to you. How is your school? Here in Sleman, we are preparing for the Independence Day celebrations. So everybody is very busy. First, we are going to have some sports competitions. There will be soccer, volleyball and a tug of war competitions. The winning team will receive a big goat as a prize. I m going to play in the soccer and volleyball competitions. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 165

173 Then, we are going to have a wayang show on the night before the Independence Day. The dalang is a famous one from Yogyakarta. He will perform all night long. Have you ever seen a wayang show? It is very entertaining. Finally, I m going to attend a flag raising ceremony at school on the Independence Day. After that, we will give out prizes to the competition winners. What are your plans for the Independence Day celebrations? Please write back and tell me. Best regards, Joko 37. What is the prize for the winners of the sports competitions? A. An amount of money. B. A golden trophy. C. A new ball. D. A big goat. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan kalimat First, we are going to have some sports competitions.... The winning team will receive a big goat as a prize. yang artinya Pertama, kami akan mengadakan pertandingan olahraga.... Regu yang menang akan mendapatkan seekor kambing besar sebagai hadiah.. Jadi, hadiah untuk pemenang olahraga adalah seekor kambing besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya sejumlah uang, (B) artinya trofi emas, dan (C) artinya sebuah bola baru. 38. How many competitions will Joko join? A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four. Jawaban: B Dalam surat tersebut Joko mengatakan, I m going to play in the soccer and volleyball competitions. yang artinya Saya akan ikut dalam pertandingan sepak bola dan bola voli.. Jadi, Joko akan mengikuti dua pertandingan (two competitions). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. 39. He will perform all night long. (Paragraph 3) The word he refers to. A. Irfan B. Joko C. the winner D. the dalang Jawaban: D Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya, The dalang is a famous one from Yogyakarta.. Kata ganti he mengacu pada subjek kalimat tersebut, yaitu dalang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan merupakan kata yang dimaksud. 40. We will give out prizes to.... (Paragraph 4) What does the underlined phrase mean? A. Receive. B. Send. C. Distribute. D. Buy. Jawaban: C Kata give out artinya membagi-bagikan. Kata ini sama artinya dengan kata distribute. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya menerima, (B) artinya mengirim, dan (D) artinya membeli. Read the text to answer questions 41 to 43. Withdrawing Cash with an ATM Card Steps: 1. Read the direction. 2. Put your card into the slot. 3. Punch in your PIN. 4. When the choices appear, select withdrawal from checking. 5. Enter the amount that you want to withdraw. 6. When your money appears, remove it. 7. When the machine asks if you are finished, press yes. 8. Take out the receipt. 41. What should you do after inserting your card? A. Press yes. B. Enter the PIN. C. Select continue. D. Take the receipt. Jawaban: B Inserting your card yang artinya Masukkan kartu Anda merupakan langkah kedua. Setelah memasukkan kartu, hal yang dilakukan adalah langkah ketiga, yaitu Punch in your PIN yang artinya Tuliskan nomor PIN Anda.. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (B) yang artinya masukkan nomor PIN Anda. Pilihan jawaban 166 Latihan Ujian Nasional

174 yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya tekan ya, (C) artinya pilih lanjutkan, dan (D) artinya ambil kuitansinya. 42. What is the text about? A. The best way to keep our money safe. B. The procedures of saving money in a bank. C. The description of an Automatic Teller Machine. D. The ways to withdraw money from Automatic Teller Machine. Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan judul teks tersebut, yaitu Withdrawing cash with an ATM card yang artinya Mengambil uang tunai dengan kartu ATM. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya cara yang paling tepat untuk menjaga agar uang kita aman, (B) artinya posedur menabung di bank, dan (C) artinya deskripsi ATM. 43. What do you have to do if you want to withdraw again? A. Punch in your PIN again and take the money. B. Press NO when the machine asks if you re finished. C. Enter the amount that you want to draw. D. Remove the money when it appears. Jawaban: B Setelah kita mengambil uang sejumlah yang kita inginkan, tetapi kita ingin mengambil lagi. Yang harus dilakukan adalah ketika mesin bertanya apakah Anda sudah selesai, Anda seharunya menekan kata No yang menunjukkan bahwa kita ingin melakukan transaksi lagi. Hal ini sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya, tekan No saat mesin bertanya apakah Anda sudah selesai. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya tulis kembali nomor PIN Anda dan ambil uang itu, tidak perlyu dilakukan karena proses transaksi kita belum selesai. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya tulis jumlah yang Anda ingin ambil, dan (D) yang artinya ambil uang itu saat sudah muncul salah karena merupakan langkah yang harus kita lakukan setelah menekan kata No. For numbers 44 to 46, choose the suitable words to fill in the blanks. Theater is a place where people entertain the audience well. The people who (44), called actors and actresses, act in plays on a stage. A (45) can be raised platform, or it can be part of the floor in a room, either in the center of the room or against the wall. The audience is very important part of a theater because it is for the audience that actors and actresses act (46), and the playwright writes interestingly. Without an audience, they are only rehearsing or practicing. 44. A. perform B. disguise C. pretend D. work Jawaban: A Kalimat soal artinya Orang yang..., yang disebut aktor dan artis, berperan dalam drama di atas panggung.. Kata yang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimat tersebut adalah (A) perform yang artinya tampil. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya menyamar, (C) artinya berpura-pura, dan (D) artinya bekerja. 45. A. stage B. screen C. show D. script Jawaban: A Kalimat soal artinya Sebuah... dapat berupa panggung yang ditinggikan, atau dapat berupa bagian dari lantai di sebuah ruangan, baik di tengah ruangan maupun menempel tembok.. Kata yang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimat tersebut adalah (A) stage yang artinya panggung pementasan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya layar, (C) artinya pertunjukan, dan (D) artinya naskah. 46. A. spontaneously B. perfectly C. friendly D. personally Jawaban: B Kalimat soal artinya Penonton adalah bagian yang sangat penting dari teater tersebut karena untuk merekalah aktor dan artis berperan... dan dramawan menulis dengan menarik.. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat tersebut berupa kata keterangan, yaitu (B) perfectly yang artinya dengan sempurna. Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya secara spontan dan (D) yang artinya secara pribadi, walaupun berupa kata keterangan, tidak tepat melengkapi kalimat karena tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya ramah, salah karena merupakan kata sifat. PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 167

175 For numbers 47 and 48, arrange the words into a good sentence. 47. when leave the gas stove on do unattended not 6 7 A B C D Jawaban: D Kalimat soal merupakan kalimat instruksi/ peringatan, yang biasanya diawali dengan kata Do (5), not (7), dilanjutkan dengan kata kerja dasar leave (2), kata benda the gas stove (3), kata sifat unattended (6), kemudian kata keterangan when (1) dan on (4). Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi Do not leave gas stove unattended when on. yang artinya Jangan tinggalkan kompor gas tanpa diawasi ketika dalam keadaan menyala delicious it s simple a very it s but dish very 8 9 A B C D Jawaban: C Kalimat soal merupakan kalimat pernyataan, yang diawali dengan subjek It s (2), artikel a (4), dilanjutkan dengan kata keterangan very (5), kata sifat simple (3), kata benda dish (8), kata hubung pertentangan but (7), subjek kedua it s (6), kata keterangan very (9), dan kata sifat delicious (1). Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi, It s a very simple dish but it s very delicious. yang artinya (Makanan itu) sangat sederhana, tetapi sangat enak. 49. Arrange the following sentences into a good narrative text. 1. The five-footed bear liked to help other animals. 2. One afternoon, when the five-footed bear went home, he found a rabbit under a mahogany tree. 3. But all animals who lived with him didn t feel strange. 4. Once upon a time there was a strange bear who lived in a jungle. 5. Then, the five-footed bear brought him to his home. 6. His home was open for anyone who wanted to stay. 7. He had five feet. 8. The rabbit looked hungry. A B C D Jawaban: C Teks tersebut dimulai dengan pengenalan mengenai tokoh, yaitu seekor beruang aneh yang tinggal di hutan (4), dan karakteristik fisiknya, yaitu berkaki lima (7). Teks dilanjutkan dengan anggapan hewan-hewan lain mengenai beruang itu, yaitu mereka tidak menganggapnya aneh (3). Setelah itu, keterangan mengenai yang sering dilakukan beruang itu, yaitu ia suka membantu hewan-hewan lain (1), salah satu contohnya, rumahnya terbuka bagi siapa saja yang ingin tinggal (6). Kemudian, peristiwa yang terjadi pada suatu siang, yaitu ketika beruang itu pulang, ia menemukan seekor kelinci di bawah pohon mahoni (2). Kalimat dilanjutkan dengan deskripsi mengenai kelinci tersebut, yaitu ia kelihatan lapar (8). Selanjutnya, beruang itu membawa kelinci ke rumahnya (5). 50. Arrange the following sentences into a good recount text. 1. The bus was air-conditioned, so I felt comfortable. 2. All the passengers got off, did their prayers, and had dinner. 3. Then, I took a taxi to my grandparents house. 4. In my holiday I visited my grandparents in Bandung. 5. The bus stopped at Pekalongan. 6. I went there by bus. It left at five in the afternoon. 7. The bus reached Bandung at six. The best arrangement to make a text is. A B C D Latihan Ujian Nasional

176 Jawaban: C Teks dimulai dengan topik bacaan, yaitu pada saat liburan, penulis pergi ke rumah eyangnya di Bandung (4), penjelasan mengenai cara ia pergi dan saatnya, yaitu naik bus pada pukul lima sore (6). Kalimat dilanjutkan dengan deskripsi mengenai kondisi bus tersebut yang ber-ac sehingga membuatnya nyaman (1), tempat pemberhentian bus, yaitu di Pekalongan (5). Setelah bus berhenti, penumpang turun, berdoa, dan makan malam (2), kemudian dilanjutkan dengan penjelasan mengenai saat tiba di Bandung pada pukul enam (7), dan apa yang dilakukan penulis setelah sampai, yaitu naik taksi ke rumah eyangnya (3). PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 169

177 Anonymous Microsoft Encarta Reference Library. Microsoft Corporation Microsoft Encarta Microsoft Corporation. Azar, B.S Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Inc. Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Doff, A. and C. Jones Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily Kamus Inggris Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia. Jardon, J Facts on Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd Facts on Buildings and Transport. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd Science Library: Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd. Hornby, A.S Oxford Advanced Learner s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Leaney, C Your Environment: Polution. London: Franklin Watts. Molinsky, S.J., B. Bliss Communicator I: The Comprehensive Course in Functional English. New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Mustriana, B.B., C. Kurniawati, J. Siswanto, Y. Dwi Arini New Let s Talk Grade IX for Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya. Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Tan, L.?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd. Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. 170 Latihan Daftar Pustaka Ujian Nasional

178